A Concise Grammar of Middle Egyptian.PDF

Boyo G. Ockinga

A Concise Grammar ofMiddle Egyptian

AN OUTLINE OF MIDDLE EGYPTIAN GRAMMAR

by Hellmut Brunner reviscd and cxpanded

. / ^/ Second. revised edit ion

VERLAG PHILIPP VON ZABERN . MAINZ AM RHEIN

Prcface

CoNrnNrs

Introduction

I. Scnrpr AND TRANSLTTERATToN

XII IXI

I

I

I

2

l l

: l

Li

.. 1

A) NOUNS

\ 1,1 l ) Gcndcr and NumbcrI l5 a) I indings 7

, ' l6 b) Wri t ings t r

.' I 7 c) Special fcalurcs ll

2) Geni t ivc. ' I 8 a) Dircct Ccni t ivc 9

, ' l9 b) Indircct Gcni t ivc 9

A) Sc'nrrr

B) TnaNsr-rrERATroNl) Logograrns

2) Phonogranrsa) Logogram as

conrbinat ion of consonants 2

b) [Jni - l i tcra l s igns 2

c) Bi- l i tcra l s igns 3

$ 7 d) Tri-l i teral signs 4S 8 e) Sign cornbinations ,1

$ 9 3) Dctcrminativcs

\ l0 4t Spccia l fcaturcs

$ I | 5) Phonetic Complcmcnts

S l2 6) Convcnl iorra l pronunciat iorr

$ l3 7) Translitcration

.\ -i

\ 1 0. . l l

3) Coordination and Disjunction l0a) Coort l inat ion I0

b) Dis junct ion l0

B) Ao:ucrrvesI ) Formsa) fionr vcrbal slerns l0

b) Nrsr5e-forrns l0

2) Usage of Adjectivesa) as an attribute I Ib ) a s a n o u n l lc) as a predicate I I

I I . AccrorrNCE AND SyNrRx

l l

d) qual i f icd by a noun I Ic) Cornparativc I I

$ 25 3) Spccial fcaturcs: ir.y, nb, ky

C) PnoNouNs| ) Pcrsonal pronouns

$ 26 a) Independent pronouns I 2

$ 27 b) Dcpendcnt pronouns l3

$ 28 c) Sufl ix-pronouns 14

2) Dcmonstrat ivcs

$ 29 a) Adjectival demonstrat ivcs l5

$ 30 b) Norninal dcrnonstrarivcs l5

$ 3 I c) Arr iclc 15

$ 32 d) Posscssivc adjectivc l6

S 33 e) Usage l6

S 34 3) Intcrrogatives

D) PREPosrrroNS

$ 35 l) Simple prcposit ionsS 36 2) Compound prcpositions

il

t2

1 5

l 0

t 7

l 8l 9

\ I I ]

F ) NUMERALS

,' -19 1) Cardinal numbcrs.. J{) l) Ordinal numbcrs, ' j l 3 ) D a t c s

r 1 f

\ 1 <

. 1 -

f 5 9

G) NON-VERBAL SENTENCES

I ) Advcrbial Sentences 23a t Indcpcndcnt Adverbia l Sentences

l . Simple adv. main c lauscs 24

L llrtcnded adv. main clauscs 24

b) I }nbcddcd Advcrbia l Scntcnccs

l . Si rnple crnbcddccl at lv . c lauscs 26

L llrtcndcd crnbeddcd adv. clauscs 26

c) Negat ion ofAdverbia l Sentcnces 27

E) PARTICLESl- 1) Non-encl i t ic par t ic les 19ls 2) Encl i t ic par t ic lcs 2 l

$ 62 c) Modifiability of the root 34l. Strong verbs 342. Weak verbs 34

$ 63 a. ultirnae infirmae verbs 34

$ 64 b. ultirnae gernrnatac verbs34

S 65 o. irregular verbs 34

$ 66 2) Verb groups

S 67 3) Imperativc

4) Finite vcrb forms

S 68 Suff ix-conjugation

l . Ac t ive Vo icc l6

$ 69 a. Circurnstantial .s4m.fl iri..f 36

S 70 b. Aorist sdnr .l'I irr.j' 37

S 7l c. (Prcsent) Pcrt 'cct .s/rr.r i . l 38

S 72 d. (llisr. I'crtcct sdn.f l iri..f 4l

S 73 s. The Fonn s4lm.r .l' 1l

$ 74 f'. Future s/n(.y).l l iri.(,-) | a2

S 75 g. Subjunctivc sln.l'I iri.(t').1 41

2. Passivc Voicc 45

S 76 a. tx-Passive 45

$ 77 b, Perfcctivc Passivesalnt(.n,l,v) J / iri(.v'l") J 46

S 78 c. Passivc sQn.t,.f l iri.yt.j 47

S 79 d. Futurc Passive s/mi..f'I iri.n'..1 17

"s 80 3. Contingcnt Tcnscs 4lJ

a. sr_/nr. in-l' (Pcrt'cct) 4tl

b. .rr_lrr.lr'..1 (Aorist) 4ti

c. slnt.ki .J (Fnture) 49

TABLE 1: Weak vcrb (activc)

$ 8l 5) Old Pcrfcct ivc

$ 82 6) Inf init ivca) Subjcot and Object 54

212222

35

35

J O

36

Q r

l i l l . \ - - ' - . - . . .1 0 1 I \ . : : , : . -I ( l-+ ,1 I ' ..:- -. - -..

. - + l

. ' ++

,. e9

I l 0 i )r 1 r ) 1

. ' l f 2) Nonrinal Scntcnccs 28

, ' +r , a) wi th two nouns 28

b) ink - Scntcncc 29

L with unstrcsscd subjcct 29

2. with strcssed subject 29

-1. Ncgat ion of lhc fu l -Scntcncc 29

c 1 pu' - Scntcncc 30

l . b i -part i tepx.Scntcncc J0

2. tri-partite pn'-Scntcncc 30

3. Negation ofpw-Sentence 3 I

3) Adj ectival Scntcnccs (nfr sw') 3l

4) Adjectival Scntcnccs with rrn 3l

5) Expressions ofposscssion 32

6) Non-possession 32

H) THE VERB

I ) Verb classes

!. 60 a) Number of root consonants 33

r . o l o ) L a u s a i l v e J J J

50

5 l

53

$ 8 3$ 8 4s85$ 8 6s87

r 051 0 6l 0 ll 0 E1 0 9

l . Subjcct 54

2. Object 55

b) Usage of thc infinitive 55

7) Pseudo-verbal Constructiona) Predicatc 57

l . Old Perfect ive 572. hr . m or r + inf in i t ive 57

I

x

S 88 b) Subject 58l. with ln' 582. with ni=l 583. with wnn I wn.in 58

S 39 8) Complex Verb Forms 58

Ss 90 a) with Particle ln' 58

$ 9l l . Present Perfect 59a. iw t sdtt.tt-f' 59b. iu' t Passive .r4llr(.u)'/ 59c. ;v' t Old Pcrfectivc 59

S 92 2. Cornplcx Aorist Iiw(.'fi sclmT 59

S 93 3. Conrplcx Aorist l l lProgrcssivciu'.f hr sdm 59

S 94 4. Conrplcx Future ir'.f r'.r/zr 60

$ 95 b) wrth auxi l iary verb' l t ' . r t 60l. ch'.n sLln.n-l 6l2.(h..n t Old Perf 'cct ive 6l3. cy'rc.ri I Perf'. Pass. s1ln.u' .f 6l4.'h(.n I tlist. Pcrf. sqlnr.f 6l

$ 96 c) with auxi l iary u'n-i t t 6l

S 97 9) F' ini tc Verb Forms

introduccd bY m=k or is1 62

t)n k I Prcscntativc 62l. ar Ä I Pcrl ' . s4lm.n.f 672.nk I Pass .s@rt .u ' . f ( r2

b) lsl 62l. is1 | Pcrl-. s4ln.n.f 622. l.rl l Pass. sqln.u'..1 62

s\ 9t i l0) Part iciPlcs 63

a) Fonns: gcndcr, nutnber, tcnsc, voicc 63

. 99 l . Irnperfcct ivc 63

r\ 100 2. Pcrf-ectivc 64

$ l0l 3. Prospcctivc 64

b) Usagc 65

S I02 l . Nominal usagc 65

s\ 103 2. Ad.jcctival usage 65

s\ 104 3. Ilxtended use ofPassivc ParticiPlcs (16

rs 105 I l ) Rclat ivc Form 61

rs 106 a) Tenscs of the Rclative Form 67

$ 107 l. sqlm.n'J' Relativc Forrn 68

r\ 108 2. Aorist s/m.J'I irr'J Rel. Forrn 68

r\ 109 3. Prospcctive Relative Fonn 6ll

b) Usage 69

I I 10 l. Adjectival usage 69

S I I I 2. Nominal usage 69

a. in direct genitivc 69

b. as object 69

c. in Non-Vcrbal Sentence 69

d. subject in nfr sw Sentence 69

e. absolute usage 69

f. with a verb as object 69

Q I l2 l2) VcrbalAdjcctivc selm.tv'.fya) Usage as an attributc 70

b) Usagc as a noun 70

{ I l l l3) Narrat ivc Construct ioniyi.t Pw iri.n J

{ I 14 l4) Auxi l iarY Vcrb 2 i i

S I l 5 J ) ADVERBS

K) WoRD ORnUR

S I l6 l )Non-Vcrbal Scntcnccs(sec \S' {2 ' 4 l l ' 54 57)

{ I l7 2) Vcrbal Scntcnccs

\ l l 8 3 )Foca l i sa t i on

\ l l 9 a ) i r -Cons t ruc t i on 74

l . Foct ts on subjcct 74

\ 120 2.Ncgat ion: l r i -Construct ion 75

$ I 2 I b) Tr i -part i tc pu'scntcnce 75

l . Focus on subjcct 75

2. Focus on objcct 75

$ 122 c) I i rnphat ic Construct ion:

Focus on adv. exPrcssion 76

r \ 123 4) Tcrp ical isat iona) without introduction 76

S I 24 l . subicct toPical ised 76

{ I 25 2. object toPical iscd 76

S I 26 3. adv. exprcssion topical iscd 76

i tb) fol lowing'1 ir 77

I 127 l . subjcct toPical iscd 77

I I 28 2. objcct toPicaliscd 77

S I 29 3. adv. expression topicalised 7ll

10

l l

1 l

731 A

16

X

$ 130 5)ConditionalClatses

$ 13l a) fo l lowing ! - , . a ' zsl . fu l f i l lable condi t ions 78

2. unful f i l lablc condi t ions 78

{ 132 b) wi thout int roduct ion 7u

L) NEGATToN oF THE VERII

$ 133 Negative particlcs

8 134 Ncgative verbs tn, itni

S 135 l ) Impcrat ivc

S 136 2) Circumstantial .s@rl'

I 137 3) Aor is t . iq /nr f '

$ | l8 4) Pcrlcct .s{nr.tt IS 139 5) l 'uturc (Prospcctivc) .r/nr-f{ 140 6) Subjunctivc.s4ünl'

$ 148 M) QuESrroNS 87

s 149 N) EPEXEGESTS 87

S 150 O) ReLerrvs ClausEs 87

S 15l l ) antecedent: detcrmincd 88$ 152 2)antcccdcnt : undetcrmincd 89

P) APPENDIX

$ 153 l ) T i tu lary of the k ing 90

{ 154 2) Syl labic - (Group - ) Wr i t ing 9 l

19791 A

79

80

til

8282

82

! - : : . :

j..:": - :

I 'AllLE 2: Suffix-conjugalion U3

r 142 t i )Ncgat ion:Complcx Vcrb Forms with iw U4

TAT]LB 3:Complcx Vcrb Forms with lN' 85

$ 143 9) Ncgation: infinit ivc

I 144 l0) Ncgation: Participlcs,

Relalive Forms, sQm.t1, J.v$ 145 a) Participlcs 86

S 146 b) Rclative Fornr [J(r

$ 147 c) .s4!n.ty.Jy Forrn li6

I I I . S I ( i N L I S T

IV. EXb,RCISES

V. Ru,,\UINC; EX I jRCISES

VI . VOCABULARY

INDICES

l ) Grammat ica l indcx

2) Vcrb patterns

3) Indcx of hicroglyphic sign l ist

92

l t 8

1 3 8

85

148

t73

I t - )

n6t71

! ; . . - ' i - : r - - . - .

\ 1 " ; : - . : - ; r -j - . . ' . - , . :

INTRODUCTION

The language ofAncient Egypt has a history that can be traced for over three thousand

years. Several stages of the language can be identif ied: Old, Middle and Late

Egyptian, Demotic and Coptic.

Old Egyptian is the language in which, for example, the Pyramid Texts and the

biographical and royal inscriptions of the Ol<1 Kingdom (ca. 2650 2100 BC) were

composed. Middle Egyptian was the written language of Egypt during the Middle

Kingdorn (ca. 2140 1650 BC).

In the following periods, although the spoken language continued to develop, Middle

Egyptian was regarded by the Egyptians themselves as a "classical" language and

Micli l le Egyptian l iterature was used in the scribal schools throughout the New

Kingdom. Monumcntal inscriptions and religious texts were sti l l cotnposed in Middle

Bgyptian clown to the Graeco-Roman Period (the rnost recent hieroglyphic inscription,

on a temple wall in Philae, dates from AD 394). This use of Middle Egyptian can be

compared with that of Latin in E,urope dtrring the Middlc Ages. As in the case of

Medieval Latin, the later texts composed in Middle Egyptian no longcr represent a

pure fomr of the language since they are ofien influenced by the contemporary

vernacular.

Lale Egyptian, the spoken language of the Ncw Kingdorn, began to be used lrorn the

Arnarna Period onwards fbr both l iterary and non-literary texts. Dernotic is thc tenn

fbr a very abbreviated fbrm of the script and language that rvas originally introducecl

for administrative purposes in the 7th century BC and continued in usc down to thc

5th ccntury AD. Coptic, writtcn with thc Greek alphabct and supplemented by scven

characters derived from the hieroglyphic script, is the latest stagc of the language,

which suwives to the prcsent day in the l iturgy of the Coptic Church.

This book is an introduction to thc hieroglyphic script and gralntxar of Middle

Irgyptian. It is offered as a successor to l lelhnut Brunner's An Outline ofNIiddle

Eg1;ptiun Grommar and, l ike its predecessor, it is a teaching gralnlnar and aims to

provide the beginner with the essentials of the languagc in as cotnpact a tbrtn as

possib le.

It is divided into fbur main parts: Script and Grarnmar, Sign List, Gramtnar Exerciscs

and Reading Exercises, Vocabulary. In addition to texts of the Midclle Kingdorn, the

Reading Exercises includc examples of monumental inscriptions of the l8th Dynasty,

which, as mentioned above, continued to be written in Micldle Egyptian.

The arrangement of the material in the first parl largely follows that of Brunner's

grammar: after introducing the principles of the script, the various parts of speech are

dealt with. Non-verbal sentences being an irnportant feature of the Egyptian language,

XIV

it is possible for beginners to thoroughly familiarise themselves with nouns, adject-ives' pronouns and particles and yet sti l l meet examples of complete sentences in theexercises. The verb and its usage, together with more complex sentence structures,fonn the last and largest section of the grarrrnar section of the book. The sequence ofthe exercises, all taken from original texts, corresponds to the orcler in which thematerial is presented. Where forms or constructions not yet encountered appear, areference to where they can be found in the grammar is provided.Personal experience in language classes has shown that the stuclent would benefit frommore detail than that provided by Brunner's Otrtl ine, thus the content of this gralnmarand the method of presentation has been expanded (all exarnples includetransliterations and translations; additional examples have bcen provided, tablesincluded, and hieroglyphic writ ings have been adclecl in the vocabulary). An attel-rpthas also been made to take account ofresearch done into the language over the last 35years, in particular in our understanding of the verbal systern. which h1s beenadvanced by the work of H.J. Polotsky ancl the reprcsentatives of the "StandarclTheory". However, as a rcsult of the work of M. coll ier, the "Standard Theory" has inrecent t itncs bcen the object of crit ical review. This grarnrnar follows thcse newdevelopments and, although adopting indiviclual observations of the "StanclarclTheory"' it docs not crnbrace the total systern. Inl ' luenced by rnodern l inguistics, aplethora of new grantmatical tenninology has been introdr.rcccl ibr I igyptian. Ho1y"u.r,bearing in mind that this grarnmar is intentled as an introduction, I have tried to be ascconornical as possible in the tenninology used. Those who are particularly interesteclin Egyptian l inguistics should consult the works of W. Ssherrkcl ancl A. Loprienol is ted in the {b l lowing br ic f b ib l iography.

Fur ther L i terature:

The lbllowing is only a stnall selection of rvorks on the sub-ject. A morc cornplctebib l iography can bc fbund in W. Schenkcl (2005).

Ilttrk:; t trt Egy1tr iun Luttgtrtrgt,

Jatnes P. Allen, Middlt' Eglption. An Inlntduc'tion to tlte Longtnge untl Culttrrt: 6f'[ l icrogllphs (Cambridgc, 2000): A dctailcct up to darc inrroclucrion to rhc Egypliap scriptand Ianguagc.

Elmar Edel, Altrigypti:;c'he Grammatik (Rorne, 1955/1965): A dcrailcd and sysrcmalicprcscntation of thc languagc of thc Old Kingdom, vcry hclpful with Micldlc Egyptian tcxrs thatusc old lbrnrs, c.g. thc Coflln Tcxts.

Alarr H. Gardiner, Egyptian Grammar (Oxford, ttOSll. Alrhough thc first edition of this

study appcared ovcr 70 ycars ago, Gardincr's Grammor rcmains thc most comprchensivcprescntation of Middlc Egyptian available ancl is sti l l an esscntial refcrcncc tool forall dctailcci

ö : , : _ i "

: . > , ::-- "- -:

' Ä - . :

:_.>-

: :_ _ t _

-

T " -I 1 :

: r .

I

XV

work in the language. It should bc noted, however, that Gardiner's interpretation of the verbalsystem no longer reflects our current under-standing. Also, the structure of Gardiner'sGratnmur follows his own particular didactic method and, unlike this grammar, is not orderedsyster.natically according to parts of speech and syntax.

Wolfgang Schenkel, Tübinger EinJiihnmg in die klassisch-cigltptische Sprache und

Sc'hri/i (Tübingen, 1994), is thc first compreherrsive post-"Standard Theory" gramn.rar. Italso provides an introduction to the "Standard Theory", as well as a comprehensivcbibliography of works dcaling with thc study of thc language. Thc latcst cdition, publishcd in2005, prcscnts a ncw approach to thc syntax ofthe vcrb.

Wolfharl Westendorf, Grommetik der medizinischen Texle (Berlin, 1962), is uscful formore advanccd work with Middlc Egyptian tcxts siucc it analyscs a con.rplctc corpus of tcxtsand discusscs obscurc construclions which arc nclt dcalt with in gcucral grammars.

Antonio Lopriencl, Anc'ient Egt,ltlion. A Lingui.slic' Inlrodur'liorz (Carnbridge, 1996),prcscnts a conrprchcnsivc, l inguistically oricntcd introduction to thc Egyptian languagc,including thc dcvclopnrcnt of thc languagc liom Old Egyptian through Middlc and [-atcEgyptian to Coptic.

Wollgang Schenkel, Ein/iihnrng in dia ctltög.y1ttisc'he Sprar:hwis,sen,sc'haft (Dannstadt,

1990). As wcll as graulnar in thc narrowcr scnsc, this work also dcals with thcnrcs such as thchistory of thc study of thc languagc, vocalisation, ancl mctrc.

Henry G. Fischcr, Anciant Egyptian Call igruphl'. (New York, rlglltt). In atlcl ir ion to ancxccllcnt introduction to Egyptian call igraphy, this work also proviclcs nunlcrous obscrvationson thc palacography of individual signs.

Diclionaries

Adoll'Errnan and Hermann Grapow (cds.), I|/örlerbuch dcr ägvpti.tthen Spruc'he, 12

vols. (Lcipzig and llerl in, 1926 1963). Although in part datcd, this work is thc onlycornplctc clictionary of thc [gyptian languagc (cxclucling Dcr.notic ancl Coptic) with rcf-crcnccslbr t lrc occurrcncc of worcls ("Bclcgstcllcn"). Work on lhc Bcrlin Dictionary is bcing cotrtinucdb1' lhc Bcrlin-Brandcnburgisclrcn Akadcmic clcr Wisscnschaficn ancl is acccssiblc otr t lrci ntcrnct urrclcr thc fbllowing U R I-: http://aacw.bbaw. dc

Rayrnoncl O. Faulkner,.,1 Conc'isc Dit'tionarv o/'Middlc Egl,ptian (Oxford, 1962): trcompact work that dcals spccifically with Micldlc E,gyptian and also incluclcs rcl 'crcnccs.

Rainer Hannig, Die Sproc'he der Phctntonen (Mainz, 1995): a dictionary tlrat clcals withthc vocabulary of Egyptian frorn thc Old Kingdom to thc Third Intcrmcdiatc Pcriod (ca. 1000BC). Thc l ists of namcs of dcitics, kings and toponyms as wcll as tlrc maps are particularlyuscful. Referenccs to thc occurrcncc ofwords are not includcd.

XVI

Rainer Hannig, Ägyptisches lVörterbuch I, Altes Reich und Erste Zwischenzeit (Mainz,2003): a detailcd specialiscd dictionary of tcxts of the Old Kingdom and First IntermediatePeriod, which includes referenccs.

Text Editions

Kurt Sethe, Ä'gyptische Lesestücke (Leipzig, 1924), provides a uscful collection of MiddleEgyptian hieroglyphic texts of all gcnres, inoluding "classics" such as thc story of Sinuhc andthe talcs from Papyrus Wcstcar.

Adriann de Buck, Egyptian Reading Book (Leiden, l94tt): an anrhology of MiitdlcEgyptian tcxts of thc Middlc and Ncw Kingdon.rs with cxcrciscs.

Louis Zonhoven, Middle Egyptian Zc.rLs, Vol. l: Literary T'exts in thc llierutic' Script(Leiden, 200 l). A compcndium of all thc major Middlc Egyptian l itcrary tcxts writtcn in thccursivc hicratic script, prcscrrtcd in hicroglyphic transcription. A compcndiunt of rronumcrrtaltcxts is planncd.

In thc tcxtbook scrics Ein/i ihnrngen und Qucllett!e.\ ' t( :ut' Aqt'1ttoltryic, Christian Lcitz anilLouisc Gcstcrrnann (cc ls . ) , a col lcc l ion of tcxt cd i t ior rs wi th commcnlary, eovcr ing var i t lusgcttrcs is plarrnccl. TIrc flrst volurnc clcals with monunrcnlal hicroglyphic tcxts of thc Cracco-Rorran pcricrd: Christian Leitz, Quellcntc.\ta :ur ) 'g.v1ttj,s1'ftgp Rt' l igion, I land I: DlcTe mpe I i n s c' h r i fi c n d e r gr i cc' h i s t: h - rö m i.s c h e n Zerl ( M ünste r, 2004).

Itt thc sanrc scrics a uscf ul tcxtbook on tlrc l i tcralLrrc of thc Old and Middlc Kingdoms hasappcarcd, wlrich providcs an introduction to thc l itcrary works of thc pcriod and bibliographicrcfcrcnccs to tltc tcxt cditions in which thcy arc availablc: Günter tsurkarcl, Heinz J.Thisscn, Ein/iihrung in die ultligrtlttisc'hc Litcruttrgeschic'htc l. Altes und MiillcresÄt , i r 'h (Münster . 2003 1.

Usclul cditions of'a trumbcr o1'classical tcxls havc appcarccl in lhc scrics Kleint'Ä'g.t '1tt i,st 'he7'c,rle cclitctl by Wollgang Hclckt arrtl l{ lrtwig Altcnnti i l lcr.

Frys,

- : . ' : - i _ - :

n ^ . _ : . ' , :f " _ _ _ ' " _

5 : : : _ : i - j -

' - " J - l - . : - : '

_ - ( - \ . - - _ , _I . * : - ; . : : :

,-, i - i,:- ' . .:L

I. SCRIPT AND TRANSLITERATION

A) SCRIPT

Thcrc are basically two forms of script. Texts carvcd onmonumcnts arc writtcn in hicroglyphic form, where thepictorial character of thc sign is clcarly rccognisable (such asthosc uscd in this book). A cursivc form of hicroglyphs(hicratic), was uscd for texts written in ink mainly on papyrus,writing boards or ostraca (pot shards or flakcs of limcstonc).

Tcxts arc mostly writtcn from right to left (Fig. 1a. & lc.), butalso in thc othcr dircction (Fig. lb. & ld.), and thcy can runcithcr horizontally (Fig. la. & lb.) or vcrtically (Fig. lc. &ld.). In this book, thcy arc writtcn fiorn lcft to right; thc last ofthc rcading cxcrciscs, howcvcr, runs frorn right to lcft. InEgyptian tcxts thcrc arc ncithcr spaccs bctwccn words nor

punctuation. Although hicroglyphs arc pictorial rcprcscnt-ations, the Egyptian script isprimarily phonctic and not pictorial, i.c. rnost of thc signs havc phonctic valucs. Thcscrni-consonants n, and I arc not writtcn at all in thc carlicst tcxts but appcar rnorclicqucntly ovcr t irnc, morc oltcn in word stcrns than in cndings.

B) TRANSr,rl 'F]RATTON

Egyptian has 24 consonantal phoncmcs. For thcir translitcration and thcir approximatcphonctic valucs scc $ 5. Thc unil itcral signs dcalt with thcrc form thc Egyptian alphabct(as rcconstructcd by modcm scholars) and thcir scqucncc is that uscd in dictionarics andvocabularics. Vowcls wcrc not written and arc thcrcforc not considcrcd.

I ) LOGOGRAMS (also callcd "ldcograrns")

Logograms can dcpict thc objcct they designate:

r c .w t t sun t t ; E hw.t "housc"; ? hr "facc"

or they can havc symbolic mcaning:

i . i:l'tl .sJ (s.li, oldcr.rl_rl) (writing cquiprncnt) for "scribe", "to write"

o')rt rtlr (flamingo) for dsr "to be red", in dtr.t "the rcd land", i.e. "dcscrt"

(threc strokcs) dcsignate plural

$1

$2

$3

c. d.

Iti l l,ll

b.

III

Fig. I

$4

$s

2 Script and Transliteration

Some signs can both depict the object designated and have symbolic content:

() r'.w "sunt' or "day"; l)' iä "heart" or "thought", "understandingt', "wish"

2) PHONOGRAMS

a) LOCOGRAM AS A COMBINATION OF CONSONANTS (following the rebus-principle)

rb ("basket") in * nö "lord"

? ftr ("face")

Whcn used in this way, thc sign loses its logographic character and bccomes a purephonogram, in the examplcs above a bi-literal (cp. $ 6).

b) UNI-LITERALS (pointers to convcntional pronunciation in brackcts)

xIt '|l ,\\

\rri

i

i

.g

t

t

d

d

vc

w

h

p

f

nt

n

,-TI

(

i (as in "hard", Scmitic aleph)

i (as in "in", Semiticyorf

ft (like Semitic cmphatic h)

(as in "baby") ll

(glottal stop, Scmitic ayir)

(as in "way" or "pool")

( ) b @s in "locft")

{) lr (as in German "icft")

"' z (voiced s as in "nose")

s

J (as in "sftapc")

k, q (Scmitic kaJ)

k

' ir(

(as in "ilclr")

(voiced as in')unglc")

By thc Middle Kingdom, z and s arc no longcr distinguished phonctically; this applics inpart to t and 1, as well as d and g/, so that, alongside historically correct writings. onc

finds cases where thcsc signs have bcen interchanged. In this book and - are trans-

literated as s. t! y at the end of a word can only bc followed by the additionalcndings t (feminine), w (plural) and a dctcrminative, but by no other phonetic sign. The

Phonograms 3

:_:r ptian script has no distinct sign for /, for which it uses ), n or r (also .9)-r. in the Latei : : rod).

. -rnher uni-literals:

,1. m (acf ial ly im), i / r , i , for / or 1(actual ly r l ) , \ , * ' ; \ , , \ ,

" \ m atthe:;'ginning of a word.

C)Br-LTTERALS s 6

iw

lb, mr

iw

im, g,s

im

in

ir

1s

a ))

w l

w'

wp

wn

wn

wr

wd

ht

bh, hw

lt/

.fi

Jw

Sn

S.!'

td

&s

kdL )A )

km

g,m

I t

ti

tm

a )

dl

8w

Qr

) l

{ t

;r ' ,

li.\\I

r'1

hlhnt

hn

hr

hs

hd

brh'

!rh r

hn

hn

ftr

sJ

si

.tlt

.s/?

st

'rirl

\

?

iitl

i i

pJ

pr

ph

ml

mi

mn

mr

mr

mh

MS

mt

nm

NS

nql

n1)

't\ 4

i'

-' -)r

nw

nw

nh

s7


d) TRI-LITERALS

wth

nlr

r ftlt

' t t r i l w l4

\ ,,:rr' ,{,71 "tO gO"

l

i )

| 'nui i't ,h,

I ttkr

i , h t p

t \1:l üpr

.:'1 sdnt

i t) ' i i

ancl .r, ) in '-l' '

s8

$e

e) SIGN COMBINATIONS

1 | nn ^-.-...

mu, ,l t tllt

n ( . lyi "to comc": (

3) DE,TERMINATIVES

;t rnan

i)i worran

i j i , i i pcoplc

jil cat, clrink, think, spcak

,j! loacl, carry

t'i i i,; -\ cncmy, dcath

o. strcngth. rct ion

*l praisc, plcad, grcct

it ' child

il i l i,:\r' god, king

)t.) ,. SCC

i' nosc, breath, rcjoicc, angcr

t l J

llcsh, lirnb

ncgation, nothing

h lttKe l_1

cmbracc

cor.nc, go

tunt back

lcg, stridc

cross, trcsspass

skin, quadruPcd

bird, inscct

srnall, bad, wcak

t'luttcr, alight

trcc

plant, flowcr

wood, trce

hcavcn, sky, abovc

night

sun, daY, time

Thc following is a sclcction of thc Inost common detcnninativcs:

, l

\

I

stone

road, travcl, locality

land

water

mountain, dcscrt, foreign land

city

\fost words cnd with a dctcrminativc. It:n!-aning of thc word. It helps, for cxarnplc,:rrr c thc samc consonants:

Determinatives 5

\.ö../ festival

I cloth, clothing

i lrr1, I l rc

':... calculate, breakl- , 1 book, writc, abstract nouns

r i plural

has no phonetic valuc but points to thcto distinguish betwcen words whose stems

wltl "lo bc grccn, frcsh"

spr "to plcad"

.tlil' "plan"

wld "a grccn stonc"

A Jpr-"to arrivc (at)"

) ' r '1 . r l r r " to fa l l "

i r

( )

l ) SPECTALFEATURES s l0

a) Whcn a vcrtical strokc is appcndcd to a sign (dcpcnding on thc word, accornpanicd by:hc fcmininc cnding / or plural strokcs), thc sign is oftcn to bc rcad as a logograrn, which.iocs not rcquirc a dctcnninativc:

ftr "facc" c.lt '"ann" ., nri,.t (rri r.l,.r) "city"

Thc strokc can, howcvcr, also function as a spacc fillcr:

^ti "son"

b) An obliquc strokc somctirncs rcplaccs cornplicatcd dctcnninativcs:

ror ili il ,,^ri "to givc bifth"

c) Sign combinations, invcrsion olsigns and othcr dcviant writ ings:

l. for acsthctic rcasons, c.g. to fonn a ncatcr grouping:

' " ; i " : h) , . t tor ' , ' i l i ' . ' r ,< l fbr \ i i , r1 , '1o. \L . ' . j i . , for \ \ "

2. lbr hicrarchical rcasons (honoril ic transposition ):i ' i ' ntiRc .n, "l ikc Rc", ltnr-rt1r


"servant ofgod; P.i"rt"; l (i

"mansion of god, temPle"

3. In histor ic wri t ings:

a. Phonetic changc S: fi,0

b. Archaic writings ' ', '. '

,

, . [ ] . r r

sj nsw "son of the king, prince"; I i hw't ntr

"'- ll 'l'r.

.swr '> ! : r l i l . i r .swill

f s i > r i l P s l

l- ' fo. l/ "father";

"to drink" (not swri!)

"to cook"

- . toa ir.y Pc.t "Prince"t f

$ ll 5) PHONETIC COMPLEMENTS

a) In orclcr to clarify thc rcading of multi-litcral signs which havc tnorc than onc

nhonctic value, uni-litcral signs arc oftcn addcd:

? in 'i i l l j l ,rr "to wish" and i ntt' "to suflbr"

't in

'i ' l ' ' ' l wlh "to placc, rcmain" antl : ' ' sÄi "to pcrish"

b) For acsthctic-graphic rcasons (grouping of signs to fomr a ncat block), uni-litcral

signs oltcn accolnpany rrulti-litcraliigns cvcn in cascs whcrc thcrc can bc no conf'usion:

( ) * l l ' . .=-f +l 'n!t ät....,' rtfi'

, \ , i l l

1 t i . hp r i t ' t t t l t'L

Phonctic cornplcmcnts usually follow thcir signs, but.thcy r':an also prcccdc (c'g' ' ' i \ t in

front of rw) or prcccdc and follow thc sign (c'g' >' - \\ r bcfbrc tnt and nr)'

c) Phonctic Dctcnntnativcs: Sotnc worcls havc clctcnninativcs that do not fit thcir

rncaning. Thcy arc writton bccausc thcy tit thc contcxt in anothcr word whcrc thcy havc

fomcd"a closc association with phonograrns that appcar in both worcls' Frgm t!1,Mic

Kingdorn onwarcls i r (for : ) is founcl as a clctcnninativc witll trl and ri in " li'iri kr1 "to

build, to form (pots)" ancl as a phonctic clctcrnrinativc in ' ' 'l' 'sÄr/l "travcl (by

watcr)".

6) CONVENTIONAL PRONUNCIATION

Since thc Egyptian script docs not inclicatc vowcls, whcD prottouncing Egyptian words

an e is convcntionally inscrtccl betwccn consonants it.t citscs whcrc no j' 'or so-callcd

semi-consonant (!i , ' or i , l]l.i. ' i ly) brcaks up thc scqucncc.o.f consonants: ift "akh",

.nlr ',ankh", r?/ "mi", wblt "wcbcn", lzlt' "boo". ltf)'"ncfcr", ftpl'"khcpcr"'

$12

Noun J

-)TRANSLITERATION- ADDITIONAL NOTATION $ 13

In the translitcration of some Egyptian words, two rnorphological separators are used toclarifu their structure:. scparates a word stem from a grammatical ending (c.g. plural w, feminine l) or a

tense element (S$ l4fl 22ff,68ff)= scparatcs suffix-pronouns from a word stem, a grammatical ending or a tense

clcment ($ö 28, 68 f0.Other notations:{ ) brackcts what is not writtcn in hicroglyphs; added by editor for grammatical clarificationi i brackets what the cditor considcrs to bc an crror in the hieroglyphic tcxt< > brackets emendations by thc cditor

t I brackcts damagcd tcxt in the original, but addcd by thc cditor

II. ACCIDENCE AND SYNTAX

A) THE NOUN

I)GENDER AND NUMI]ER

Thcrc arc two gcndcrs, masculir.rc and fcr-nininc.

.\bstract nouns arc usually fcrnininc, c.S. i ' :"- .ht'./ "cvil", l . , ' ,,1r.t "goocl".

\ouns havc singular, plural and dual lbrrns.

a ) ENDINGS

\lasculinc: two groups ( I ) without an cnding, (2) with cnding -w (oftcn not writtcn).

Fcmininc: wi th cndins - t

st4

$ ls

NOUNSs ingu la r n lura l dual

lfl. o I )ll srr "brothcr" .w 'L st l .w .wy , . \ r r , i \ i l i ,

i i r , j r i : i , ) Sn .Wy

l l t . . l t .ww .wwy- _

a , . ' -.:: '.WWJ

"(thc hvo) arrns"

f . . t .wt sLl.wti i ;r i srr.ry

! r )

, .1

-

8 Accidence and SYntax

$ 16 b) WRITINGS:

1. Thc masculine ending -w is usually not writtcn:

$17 c) SPECIAL FI]ATUII.ES

! _ ' \ , q

l . -FÜ'rr1 (rn. sg.) mcf lns "pcrson";

also bc fbund as a writing for thc collcctivcwrittcn) or for thc singular t'nl1 "pcrson".

j

3.

'pr .w "house" - u,,, pt., "(god) Re" (occasionally - .

t\,", jl)

It can also be indicated by a plural writing:

nfi'.w"pcrfection" mn.w "lnonumcnt" : htp'w "pcace"

Thc ferninine cnding -/ is sometimes not written.

The plural can bc writtcn in thc following ways:

Thrce logograms an archaic writing pr.ww "houses"

Thrcc groups of phonogratns rtt.w "namcs"

Thrcc dctcnninativcs tit 'j j i'

" ,h.rt "sycamorcs"

or (prcclorninantly) with thc plural dctcnninativc or I , ".g.

'.'il hm.wt "womcn".

Thc dualis indicatcd by thc rcduplication of signs:

Two fogograms I l)r.wt'y "(thc) two houscs"

Two cletcrminatiucs *ll i) l) t|r.r,y "(thc) two obclisks"

Or phonctically with w ancl clual dctcrninativ" "" (phonctic valuc y)

"(thc) two an.ns".

Collcctivc nouns arc writtcn likc plurals but arc gramrnatically singular:'i

.- i , ')(, 3cy "sand"

a'Fr

3"

r l

i

4.

I

! I , . . , \

) r ' t .wwY

5.

'..--.1 nm' "watcr" is usually construcd as a singular, rarcly as a plural'

6. Whcn followcd by a suffix-pronoun, somc fcmininc nouns lt-1,1n additional -n'that

prcccdcs thc femininc r cnding: , :,. dp1 "boat" and ;' ' ' rlpv''tf' "his boat"

' " rn rg . t " , ' ( rn . p l . ) "pcop lc " can so tnc l i tncs

",i" .t' ' rn t t . t ( f . sg . ) "hu tnank ind" ( l i s ra rc ly

Genitive 9

:. iü.t "thing" is fcminine, but when used with thc meaning "sornething" orIr-pr-r'fv" it is masculinc.

-1. iorc-ign place names are construed as fcminincs:

,. ';1

i""r . tt

. , ".

Rlnw hr.t ,'Upper-Retenu,, (paft of Syria_palestine)

- GENITIVE

e I DIRECT GENITIVE

- . :his construction, which expresscs possession or belonging, two nouns are juxtaposcd.. ::r' tlrst is the nomen reL:en,s (noun of posscssion), thc sccond the nomen reclum (noun. ihc posscssor):

-. 1- sl w.b "son of a / thc pricst"

nh.t pr.w "lady of thc housc"

b) INDIRECT GENITIVE

n thc indircct gcnitivc construction, rathcr than bcing dircctly juxtaposccl , thc nomen.'gcris and thc nomen reclum arc l inkcd by thc nisbe-adjcctivc of thc prcposition r,t 23) which functions as thc gcnitivc-adjcctivc:

GENI'I ' IVE-ADJECTIVE

masc. I'em.

sg. /?( . v) i l . t

pl. i l.w, i l . ( v , l l

518

$te

i : \r,t: r) n.y Knt.t " thc languagc o l ' Egypt"

li , i;ll hm.v,t n.(v,1t u,r.u, "thc wivcs of-thc princcs"

lf thc nomen reclum is scparatcd from thc nonten regens by anothcr word (c.g. anadjcctivc or dircct gcnitivc), thcn thc indircct gcnitivc is gcncrally uscd:

' ' il'. ''"'-. i.l 1,i..!",.

r 'r/\ , i i I s.f Hr.w n.t (nh-w "thc Honrs-Thronc of the l iving"t " )

' ' | .r. t v'r.t n.t qlcnt "thc grcat thronc of (i.c. rnadc of) gold"

l0 Accidence and SYntax

3) COORDINATION AND DISJTINCTION

$ 20 a) COORDINATION: there is no specific word for "and". Coordination is expressed by

l. Juxtaposition (thc rulc):

ti " ";l ,

:"i':, i1v,.r.vt.tn pr.ww=tn "your offices and your houscs"

2. Prcpositions /rr "upon " or hn' "with", both uscd for "and":

- . l ' ; ' ? i ' i l | l l= a. hr hy.r"srorm andrain"

ifl l\,' *'i !'t'! :; ii;; \i;''i'l !i ms.w=i hrr sn.w-i"my childrcn and mv kin"

$ 2l b) DISJUNCTION: "or" is cithcr not cxprcssccl or is inclicatcd by a following ri-pw

,, ' i i

I '.- ' i '

!s.w ttb 1).ly-c.u' rtb "cvcry commanclcr or cvcry princc"

!.,,,. , )iif if\ l i"{ ii. .--1. i, i,t, l,,l;i nt trb nt srt nt turms r)-pw "ts lord, as

brothcr or as fricnd" (rl is hcrc thc "nt of prcclication", $ 43' l a)'

B) THE ADJECTIVB

l ) FORMS

Acljcctivcs havc fcrnininc ancl plural lbrrns likc nouns ($ l4f1). Thcy arc dcrivcd cithcr

$ 22 a) frorn vcrbal stcms, usually without an cnding in thc masculinc:

r, i. rtf i '"pcrl-cct,bcautif ir l,good".

b i r r "bacl , cv i l "

$ 23 or b) frorn nouns and prcpositions to which is addcd thc cnding-l ', thc so-callcd nHbe:

" 1 ,1r.Y "gocl-likc, clivinc"

.' , hr.y "which is abovc, uPPcr"

fr'.y "which is unclcr"

#Nt ,r, .y "which is in"

l{isäe-ENDINGSmasc. l'cm.

srng. .vnlur. .yw . vlfr

Adjective 11

\ote the writings of the following nisbe-adjectives:

f . im.y "which/who is in" - from thc preposition ln "in" (see $ ? 5.I '

masculine feminine

srng. i,.n ii i:l\ or i\ ir.ur l, liir'plur. ir.vr# N S

2. lnt.y "which,/who is in front of' from the preposition hnt "in front of' (see $ 35):

masculine feminine

S I hnr.y i i i i l . , ". i i i hnt.yt t l l i i l-.

hrtt.yw 1i1li]' '* \.; !1ttt.yu,t llii ..-

3. Sornc writings of thcsc adjcctivcs arc bascd on dual fonns (on thc rcbus-principlc):

I |: i, l nlr nw.ty "city god" (not "god of thc two cit ics")

/ i r . i i .

"1,1. o f11'.1,v lr./) "Horus of thc horizon" (not "Horus of thc two horizons")

2) USAGE OF THE ADJECTIVE 24

a) As thc attributc to a noun, it follows thc noun and agrccs with it in gcndcr and nunrbcr:

\ tt hrr.t nfi.t "thc bcautiful f lowcr".

b) As a noun: r. , )r ' ' ' q/w./ "cvil" (fcrn./ abstract noun)

i,. "'

t.',, /li.v "opponcnt, thc cncrny" (nishe)

c) As a prcdicatc: in thc rl i .rw - Scntcncc ($ 56).

d) In cpithcts adjcctivcs can bc qualificd by a noun; thcir gcndcr ancl numbcr arc dctcr-

rnincd by thc antcccdcnt: "Amun, l l . l t '

l i t ' i l irsfir ' .n,cxccllcnt of counscls",

"(Thc gocldcss) Hathor, ,.,?, ,rf, ' .tftr 'bcautiful of countcnancc".

c) Combincd with thc prcposition r', i t functions as thc cornparativc, thcrc bcing no

spccial fonn of thc adjectivc in cornparisons: l: v'r r it-J' "grcatcr than hisfathcr".

3) SPECIAL FEATURESi l ' r , i , r '

a) il ,. s1 ')t) ir.y (prepositional advcrb fromrcplacc the third person suffix-pronoun whcn

s2s. r "to") "bclonging to" (invariablc) can

used to cxprcss possession ($ 28 end).

12 Accidence and Syntax

b) . , nb "every, all" is only used as an adjective, never as a noun. In placc of "all" as a

noun: S '- ,, nb "cvery man", - '; ' ' wc nh "everyone", ll

* '. , ' i!.t nh.t

"everything". In formulaic cxprcssions the endings (fcm. and pl.) are often not written:i )r r ' l 1..).- ,d"l-jl ' ' ib.t nb(.t) nfi '.twcb.t "every good (and) pure thing".

c) ' ^'t't

fo1, "other" prcccdcs thc noun and has thc following forms:

masculine feminine

slng. kv ' l ]

plur. kv.wv

' " f il '.

, Äy sp "anorhe r time "; ..." '\l),,i,i

i *: 11ii '1-1 ' jl1

ky.wy nsy.w "othcr kings".

Thc cxprcssion',, '11 "

k.t i ! . t , l i t . "othcr thing(s)", can rcplacc thc plural fbnn. Itrcgularly prcccdcs thc noun. It is oftcn uscd as a noun with thc rncaning "othcr (pcoplc),

othcrs": '.

,' : li li utro '.

," L ii'i r.t l,y.d) An indircct gcnitivc can rcplacc an adjcctivc as thc attributc of a noun:

$;t ' " *";

\ l ..r ' l rt. I n!1t.w "his anny of victory", i.c. "his victorious amy".

C) PRONOUNS

l) PERSONAL PRONOUNS

$ 26 a) INDEPENDENT PRONOUNS

sinsu la r plura l

l .c . ink i l l r l l . c .

2.m. ntk '.,

"vou" (oldcr form rw,r ', ,ir2.c. t l t l n . ,

- ' * ' , ( , ,

* - ) " y o u "

2.f .',lr: '

rttt ,, ' ,,

,., , "you" (oldcr form .tl )

3.m. ntf .,' '

"hc" (oldcr fonn .rwr I \,' )3.c. u r l Jntst l

3.f. nts'1,

L. ll "rn."

t-Pronouns 13

Usage:

l. In Nominal Sentences:

a. as thc subject ofan int-Sentcnce ($$ 50-52)

b. as thc prcdicate of a 2w-Sentence ($ 53)

2. As subjcct of thc infinitivc ($ 83 b)

3. As thc pronominal subjcct in thc ir-Construction (S$ I l9-120)

b) DEPENDENT PRONOUNS

Usagc:

l. As thc objcct of all fonns of thc vcrb (which it follows), including participlcs (SS 98-

104), thc Futurc Vcrbal Adjectivc ($ I l2) ancl, in cxccptional cascs, thc infinitivc (S\ 83d)'

It can also havc rcflcxivc rncaning sincc thcrc is no distinct rcflcxivc pronoun'

2. As thc subjcct in an Advcrbial Scntcncc ($ aa c), fbllowing thc particlcs iit: : i, | '

l i i,, ,,. ($ 37) or (lcss frcqucnt) without introductory particlc. Hcrc, thc indcfinitc pronoun

rn, \r "on"" can also scrvc as thc subjcct.- ^ -

3. After *. ($ 37) in the negatcd Advcrbial Scntencc ($ 47)'

4. As the subjcct in an Adjectival Scntcncc ($ 56)'

5. r/ can serve as thc obicct ofan infinitivc (8 84).

$27


S 23 c) SUFFIX-PRONOUNS

Nole: With dual nouns ' frY

Usagc:

[. Exprcsscs possession aftcr a noun' !"] '' sl4 "his son"

2. As thc subjcct of thc finitc vcrb in thc suffix-conjugation' I \\l - sQm=f "hc

hcars" ($$ 68ff).

3. Aftcr PrePositions ($$ 35-36)

4. Aftcr infinitives: with intrclnsilive vcrbs - subjcct ($ 83);

with transilive vcrbs - objcct (subject only if thc infinitive

has both an objcct and a subjcct, $ 84)'

5. The *ord ,' I (' t) ds "sclf, own" is only y::d *i:,l,.u suffix: 4/sy' "him-

,"tt',] *il l. nsw Qs-J "the king himsclf" -^;ti ' " rn'k ds=ft "your

own name."

lYotez

l .Thcsuf f i x -p ronoun= i issomct imesnotwr i t t cn ,c .g .whcnfo l lowedbyadepcndentpronoun used with reflcxivc mcaning ($ 27)'

2. ir.y i (* ) / , (S 25 a) can rcPlllc sulfixcs of the 3rd person (posscssivc):

"His majesty had scnt u,. u*y, (" " ;1 !f i\ ' o '' " ''] "'

s)-J smsw m hr'y lr'y his

eldest son was its commandcr (lit': the commander thcreof';'"

'J i

i 1

F

=n ;* t'we, us, our"=l lit also fem. "I, me, mY"

.1 . ;" , l ' *ornun, t ' . \ ' t ing

=tn - ('-l)

"you, your"=f :: , (. ,) "you, Your"

' r, j i* 1*l;"thcy, them, thcir"

- f ' - "hc, ht* ' hi t

. . r ' 1 ( ) " shc .hc r "

Demonslralives l5

] ) DEMONSTRATIVES

a) ADJECTIVAL DEMONSTRATIVES $2e

b) NOM INAL DEMONSTRATIVES s30\

GROUP 2 (with ,\\)

near

m. n i

f. t t 'tl;,,

c..

- l i .

ni Ii\

lar

m. n t ' l - l , ' , '

f. rfi r;' ,

c. nf'l*

lir,'iVote: Thc pronouns with n arc singular and arc oftcn used for thc neutcr:

r. :i-

, . , \ Dry nl "What is this?"

c) ARTICLE $ 3l

't1,, p), ,.N r; and [\ n; ({ 30) losc their dcmonstrativc forcc and function as dcfinite

articlcs ("thc"); in spoken Egyptian probably as carly as thc Middlc Kingdom. ,1

For thc very rarcly expressed indefinite article "a" Egyptian uses thc numeral ' u w(t tone t t .

' I

GROUP I (without Il\

known c. nw "' . , \ l '

near c.t .

n n ' f - : *

far c. nl

singular olural dual

knownm. pw,9,' pwy i)"i' | ( "thir" ip* i.ili,' "th.r.' ip*y i) )$'"these (two)"

f. ipr, il!'l)i "th"r"' ip-y i;li)

nearm. pn * "this" ipn i],-.1.. "these" ipny (i-*

f. ln ^^..* "this" iptn il, '.-.:.. "thcse" i p r ry i l f ' . .

farm. pf "yon, that" ipf 1l- - "thosc" ip.fv rl'

f. tf . "yon that" iprf i, ' '" - "thosc" iprfy Li


s 32 d) POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE

S 33 c) USAGE OI" THE DE'MONSTRATIVES (t \S 29 32)

l. Position

a. Acljcctival dcmonstrativcs follolv

"Thcn shc rcPcatcd fbr hirn

Rc-Wcscr saYs to Isis, NcPhthYs and

.t't ' .:l l]i I )ji p) it tr p)y-tn l1r.y-kni

noLlll:

htu,.w Jtu',' tt.v v'rJC nrclv'.t "this day ofjudgncnt"

' mrlw,.t /rl this Inattcr-"

Hckct : "Pk 'asc g ivc ' I

thc grain to Your Portcr."

b. Thc norrinal dcrnonstrativc, thc afticlc and thc pc'rsscssivc adjcctivc prcccde thc noun:

i l ' r :

" . . . a n d g i v c 1 1 i ' t ' ; ' ' '

worrcn..."

| l ' , ' i

r rn i ld .u ' t t r nn l lm'wt thcsc ncts to thcsr

2. Singular and Plurala. Thc adjcctival clcmonstratives occur almost only in thc singular'

b. The plural and dual forms of the acljectival clcmonstratives are only commonly fbun<

in ora bgyptian and in religious tcxts. In placc of thc plural forms, a nominal demon

strative followccl by the geritivc-adjcctive r.y "of'($ l9) is used' Thc noun is nonnalll

in the plural, sometimcs in thc singular:

I ,.l, "* I \J rfl i.i nn n.y sr'.w "thesc offtcials"

masculine femininc common/ plural

l .c . mv nlv.i $r-Y,t' t lv=i' . . , i . , l

2.m. vourl l inlv'-l< t l y=k ' ' i r \ ' l \ . nlv=k i i :" l i

2.f. vour , ; v=r r i ' ) i : l t)y=t . l i . l tt lv=t Lili

3.m. his nlv=t li r ..1 t j t ' = t , , 1 - n |y=t'' \ir r'i I

3.f. hcr n . i t ' = . t , : , i , t ly=S ,',r.ri rr. l l i i ) ' . . s . I ,

t .p t . our t ; \ ' . l l n l y = t t l i t , r ; r i

2.p1. vour ply=tn I iY=111 ttlv..ilt )ii:, l

3.p1. thcir D ' , \ ' = s t t , ' " . , 1t l r . -s l i i . . I t ' ] 11 jv=.vt

'i,i\ I I i l

Inlerrogatives l7

,, b*"1'j']S nw n.y nlr.w "these gods,,

. -*::'i h r4t l ß n.y furd.w "these children"'' . - ä * Xl

-N '' ß n.y mw n.y p) si "thcse waters of this lake"

3. Absolute usage of the nominal demonstratives (i.e. as a noun ):' . ; " ' l \ i , . .^ .1 l .h t ; '

;T- l - l lym-!1thr-w.wsw3i( .w)($rDhrnn, ,Now,af tcrdayshad passed after this (event)... "

4. Thc adjcctival demonstratives -. -- pf and.' 6are used to refcr to somcthing with

ci thcrrespcctordisdain: ()

) ' ' ' " . . - h,pf " that(vi lc)cncmy"; }J: t i ]*- f i l l : ) ünw,pf lpsy "that noblc Residcncc".

3) INTERROGATIVES (for their usagc scc $ 148) $ 34

i ö

it il \1.. - . Of i - I / )

^

in, in-iw

l.fs/

m

l.tr m

r m

hr sy ilst

m i m

ptr/Jtti

si

ih

tn

introduces a qucstion, rcmains untranslatcd

"what?"

"who, what?"

"why?"

"why, to what purposci)"

"why?"

"how?"' i i \ / i '

"who, what?" 1< L ) i . . pu, t t ' )

"who, what, which?"

"what?"

"whcrc, whcnce, whcrc to?"

" \.. -\\

. ' I .t '

t fNr r | , l ü 1 \ . l l

1 ' 1 . 1 1 1 7 . ' i : i ll \ \

r: l' )

v ', r '

D) PREPOSITIONS and their nisbe forms

Prcpositions preccdc not only nouns or suffix-pronouns but also clauscs (likcconjunctions) since vcrb-forms can bc nominalised, i.c. uscd as nouns.


s 3s 1) SIMPLE PREPOSITIONS

ii 'N .i,

.'j\

i , l

imynu

nl

"betwcen";t i'l\

(with suffix-Pronoun rl fi\ )

';in, out of, through (instrumental)' with"

introduccs a predicate (Q$ 43'la): "lrl ofpredication"

bcfore infinitivcs: with vcrbs of movcment replacing /rr

( $ $ 8 5 , 8 6 , 9 3 )

*ltft Aorirt sQm-J: "as, as truly as" (S 70'2c)

with (Historic) Pcrfcct sdm4: "whcn" ($ 72'2)

nishe'. ti'li il irr'Y ($ 23)

"likc, according to"

with Aorist sin'l:"as whcn' according as" ($ 70'2c)

withslr1nt.t-J': "likc" ($ 73)

"to, for, bccausc of' (inclicatcs dativc / indircct obicct)

tcmPoral: "within"

with infinitivc: "bccausc o1''

with (Historic) Pcrfcct sdm4 6 72'2): "bccausc"

^ - - - - : . . . i i ' l ; . . ' t1c l f ip3y ' "bccausch is rn igh twas grca t "

r t i . tht ' ' . r r .Y ($ 23)

(with suffix-Pronoun )

"towards' against, away from"; tcmporal: "at" (a titnc)

with a noun: "conccrning"

with an adjcctivc-vcrb: cotnparativc "thc gocl lct rnc do it'

j j, i,- ,. l, 'f i ' '

nri ' l=f r itr nh according as hc is

grcatcr than cvcry god" (scc also $ 24 c)

with infinitivc: "in ordcr to"' purposc' tuturc (rl 85'2)

with Aorist sqlntJ : "according as' until" (s\ 70'2c)

with sqlnt.t'J': "until" ($ 73'2)

nisöe: ii .'' ir'Y ($ 23)

i introducing conditional aud tctnporal clauscs:

($s 127-131) .

{, \*r

l*

Prepositions 19

"behind, around"

"togethcr with"; "and" ($ 20)with infinitive: continues previous vcrb-form (cf. I 87 2a)

? hr (with suflix-pronoun ulro .

ttt' o. .? ;

"upon, in, bccause, regarding, for"

with infinitive: "while, on" ($ 85)

with Aorist sQm-J: "bccausc" ($ 70.2c)

nisbe: ?. ' '

lu'.y (g 23)

br "undcr,-with" (also with scnsc of "carrying somcthing")

ni,sbe: ' ' lr '.y ($ 23)

!r, "ncar, with, undcr (tcmporal, c.g. a king), to (a pcrson)"

:' ' . ttfl "oppositc, in fiont of, in accordancc with"

with inf ini t ivc: "at thc t i rnc of ' ($ 85.2)

with Aorist sglm-J': "whcn (tcmporal), according as" ($ 70.2c)

nirbn,\)" /rfr.y (with dct.!:l ' ' ' or\ : "cncrny") (rs 23)

hnt local: "in front of, from, alnong"

tcntporal: "beforc"

nisbe: hnt.y "forcmost" ($ 23)

tp "))!rool',,' ,n.r"who/which is r"rpon, first, chicf'' (g 23)

dr "sincc, bccausc"with (Historic) Pcrfcct sqln=J'. "sincc, bccausc ol'(5\ 72.2;

with scln.t-J: "sincc, bclorc, unti l" ($ 73.2)

2) COMPOUND PREPOSITIONS'lrr:ir\ -- ,- nt-c.ri, "in thc hand of, togcthcr with, frorn, with (in

thc possession ot), through"

m-hlh "in front o1, in thc prescnce of'

hl

hn(

riiii

s36


-NN\\ G, .1.11t-y.et

N;,..

\i\ "'',,l ) \ r

( -)r r f;!

E) PARTICLES

$ 37 l) NON-ENCLITIC PARTICLES always takc first position in a clausc

m-m "among"

m I r I br-hl./ "in front of'

m-bt "behind, after"

with (Historic) Perfect sdm4 G 72'2)" "after"

with infinitive: "after"

m-sl "behind, after"

r-gs "bcside"

bft-hr "in thc prcscnce of in front of'

a) ,,it is thc case"; introduccs clauscs that rnakc a statcmcnt of fact: in

Complcx Vcrb Fonns tSS qO-q+l' in Advcrbial Scntcnccs ($ 44);

b) scmantically and syntactically ncutral "prop"-word for a

nronominal sub.;cct '";;il;ä Adverbial Scntcnccs (8 46 b) and

i"ii." tt"ta. vcrbal Construction ($$ 8G88);

c) "circumstantial convcrtcr" ($ 46 b)'

introduccs a wish ($ 75' l): "oh" (usually not translatcd); scc also $ 140 a'

(also .r1, lst; oldcr toto lll l ' " i^rli ' 'sft) "whilc' as' in thc tncantiuc";

introduccs main and subordinatc clauses (8 46 a' 97 b):

samc mcaning as is1

conjunction "bccausc" (1 n v'tt't' scc '1'rt)

< particlc (?) m(i) "bchold" 1 suffix-pronoun

further forms: (r.1 ir,if, ''

; ^--11r,=t, 1pl.) "l:i.. "'- nt'tn /m=tn;

mcaning: Prcsentativc - "Behold! Lookl" (S$ 44 c' 88'2' 97 a)

ncgative particlc: ncgative cquivalcnt oflu'($ 47);

ll \n.f i ) ; ' lw

1l ' .

i i1L"

ill

is!

, i i t i

€..u," w,n.t

l : i . ! -

,\.rt. - tf i 'K

-o'n, *-,, nn

Particles 2l

iw + suffix-pronoun, but nn + dependent pronoun ($ 27).

n.tt 1n1o$es

an object clause following some verbs (e.e.rb "to know"):

() | ... , rh n.tt "know that ..."; also coniunctilunction "bccause" (< n nn).

Often combined with prepositions to form a conlunction:

T ; Qr ntt "since", .,* ., - hr n.tt,-* - n-n.f "because".

t1,' ,f\ ! t\ ,.H I t\V \; 0 ftt var. 1 \ ; '.) hwy,t

' hw'. with Subjunctive sQm=f ($ 75.1) introducingwishes "Would that ..." (or lcft untranslatcd).

' . : \' )\ j ^t t; (also

'. '\ ; "so". "thcn"; with Future (Prospectivel sdm4 ($ 74.5):

with Subjunctive sQm-J ($ 75.1).

2) ENCLITIC PARTICLES always "lean" (Grk. enklitikos) upon a preceding word.

1 is "truly"r-'. *--* ,', wnnt "indccd, rcally"\ " . ( o l- " 1 , n , * " m " p r a y , d o "

l' Orf indicates emphasis; suffix-pronoun originally variablc

n ):\ hm "assuredly, indecd"t \ y )1)r' swt "but. howcvcr"

' grl "now"

'-'l dl t "in<tccd, truly"

F) NUMERALS

$38

1) CARDINAL NUMBERS

a) WRITINGS:

I oncs (in dates often )

n tens (in dates oftcn ( )

R hundredsTÄ thousands

tcn thousands

hundrcd thousands

millions

s3e

fI

\\1t /


b) READING:

1 w'.w ' 1'

2 sn.wY {l ,"'

3 !mt.w' ,",.,

4 fd.w .. '\l

5 di .w

3) DATES

" yca r " ' l r nP . t ,

"day" t..t hrW.W

Scasons:: rYcY.( )r . ,

l '. , ' ( ")

, ,31" ;

\' f

t l

'\, ' ir

i

\ i i r Ijili

r)

6

7

B

9

l 0

sis.w i I

s.la.w

lmn.w,

. . i

ps(!.w

n t Q ' w ' r

100 J./ (fem.)

1,000 br

10,000 dh'

100,000 hfn

1,000,000 hlt10,000,000 Jtr

c) USAGE

r T h e n u m b c r f o l l o w s i t s n o u n ( c p . " $ 2 0 " ) , w h i c h i s u s u a l l y i n t h c s i n g u l a r , l c s slicqucntly in in" plu'al (ncvcr plural with thc numbcrs I and 2)'

r Thc numbers I and 2 arc trcatcd as acljcctivcs (s 24). All othcr numcrals arc nouns'

o Thc numbers 3 - l0 also havc fbmininc forms cnding in -/'

o h,, and l1| t c-an also prccede thc noun, which is i rr t roduccd by thc,,n7 of

prcdicat ion" (S 43' I a) or thc gcnit ivc-adjcct ivc ($ l 9) '

$ 40 2) ORDINAL NIJMBERS

o ,, f i rst , , : i . . , tp.y (nishe of thc prcposit ion rp "upon", $ 35) '

o "scconcl" to "ninth": with cnding nw' ' ' : '"'

fd'w-rllr' "fourth"'

o , ,Tcn th , 'andh ighcrord ina lnu lnbcrs :w i thpar t i c ip |cmh ' ' Iha twh ich f i l l s ' ' ," ' r"

mh.10 "that which f i l ls tcn" : " tcnth" '

$41

in datcs '\

,t ,rp.t sp (alternativc rcading: lß't-sp)'

(rc.w in thc combination'" ' rc'w nh "cvcry duy")' in dates

lb.t "inundation"

Pr.t "harvest"

Sm.w "dryncss, summer'

slt .

Non-verhal Sentences 23

Months:

tp.y "first (month)"

lbd 2 "second month"

lbd 3 "third month"

lbd 4 "fourth rnonth"

Examplc: ] , , "" t ' i i : ' , i . ' , "

rnp.t-sp J9 lhd4 )f t . t sw 19

"Year 39, fourth rnonth of thc inundation. dav 19"

G) NON-VBRBAL SENTENCES

Thc predicate of a non-vcrbal scntcncc can bc forrncd by l) an advcrbial phrasc[Advcrbial Scntcncc], 2) a nominal phrasc [Norninal Scntcncc], or 3) an acljcctival phrascIAd.lcctival Scntcncc].

Thc subject is always norninal, i.c. a noun, an indcpcndcnt pronoun or a norninaliscclvcrb form.

Non-vcrbal scntcnccs indicatc a statc. Thcir tcnsc is non-spccific but dctcnnincd by thcircontcxt as prcscnt, past or futurc.

r) ADVERBTAL SENTENCES $ 42

WORD ORDER: subjcct prcdicatc

Thc prcdicatc is formcd by an advcrb or its syntactic cquivalcnt, i.c.o prcposition * nominal cxprcssion (noun, suffix-pronoun or infinit ive) or. Old Pcrfcctivc ($ 8l)

Advcrbial Scntcnccs arc cithcr independent (main clauses) or emhedded (translatcd assubordinatc clauscs).

A furthcr distinction is madc bctwccn simple and extended Advcrbial Scntcnces.


A) INDEPENDENT ADVERBI,AL SENTENCES

$ 43 1. Simple adverbial main clauses

a. Basic form: noun (+ adjective) + preposition + noun

At the end of a medical prescription: = ; : gq'd^ll pfur't nb't mi sn'wt's "Evcry

(other) remedy is likc its second (i'e' inferior)'"

[ i i ' \ -N.t ' . ' i \ \

! ; I " sw m hr.r m nh chc.w "He who was crnptv of

possessions is (now) a lord (i.e. posscssor) of treasures'"

Most such sentences are sentence namcs:',

,'y,t N t"", Nb.t=i-m-nbw "My mistrcss (is) the Golden One (i.c. Hathor)."

(The preposi tion m in the last two examples is the so-called "z of predication"')

{ * \af : 'ui Imn(.w)-m-hi./ "Amun is at thc forefront'"

if r$ l: sn=i-hn\=i) "Mv brothcr is with me'"

b. Thc focus is on thc subject, which takes thc form of a markcd indepcndent personal

pronoun ($ 26); infrcqucnt.

" '^ 'd

X \ \ l - .h ' f i ink ds(=i) m hc'wt"I myselfwas injoy'"

Note:

Ncgation of such scntenccs with -^- in place of * ($ 37' 47):

, 'n ' rr ' ' i t$ l : . . ' \ \ ' , " , f r l . r l . ty- inntf mh.t=i"Myheart , i twasnot inmybody'"

$ 44 2. Extended adverbial main clauses

a. Introducedbyqb iw ($ 37):

( \\ n a $ " I q'.,- \q Ü iw wdp.w nh hr ir.r-J "Evcry butler was at his duty'"

A pronominal subject is expressed by a suffix-pronoun ($ 28):

Adverbial Sentences 25

c$lt-'il^ S - = ":1.,.t- iw=i br hs.wt n.t fir nsw "I am./was under the favour ofthe king (lit. of by the king)."

Ornission of the subject is possible:

" t ! { l . t ' " I iw mi sl t r n1r "( l t )was l ike theplan of god."

b. Introduced by the verb wnn "to exist", which specifics the tense by converting thcnon-verbal sentence into a verbal scntence.

wnn * subjcct + adverbial predicate expresses futurc:

*llt ' ' ^$i'!f i ' 'rj l" - wnn htk m-s) nb-J "The scrvant will be bchind his

mastcr."

A pronominal subject is cxprcssed by a suffix-pronoun ($ 28):

* " - l\ ( )Jls:r *ti ' $, *nn+ ^ bbd n(.y)R'(.w) "FIc will be in the disfavour of Rc."

c. Introduccd by m=k ($ 37):

l,\\* /1ll :l i4 ti '. l )i(,-.,rh m4n lps.wt hr trt.w ,,Lo, noble (ladics) are (now) on

rafts."

I \ * : : ' \ ' : l " " '

N" l r ^ ; ' ; ' , n t= tn iw . ty ( i )b .u ' t i m nb chc .w "Lo , he whohad nothing is (now) a posscssor of trcasures."

A pronominal subjcct is cxprcssed by a dcpendent pcrsonal pronoun ($ 27):

\\: i \i 'Ft, ," ^ m=k wi r gs=k "Lo, I arn at your sicle."

\\ : .i.\| : ; t\ '"'- m=k rw cj "t-o, you are (now) here."

b) EMBEDDED ADVERBIAL SENTENCES

An Adverbial Sentence can be embcddcd within or attachcd to a main clause. Here it

cxpresses a circumstancc that can bc understood as a temporal, causal or modal sub-

ordinate clause.


$ 45 1. Simple embedded adverbial clauses

"The gods set out, having disguiscd themsclves as dancers'

f i\\l '"\tl--,il* I ' i..1riil

flnm'w ltn'=sn !r lini Khnum with them carrying the

baggagc". (modal)

,,I spcnt three clays alone,'i/ 1i1' j:l'l;;'tn r'ji :t ib=i m stt'tt\r=i my hcart (alonc) as

mY comPanion"' (modal)

$ 46 2. Extcndcd cmbecldcd advcrbial clauscs

a. Introduccd bY

1 2 a l s o i . l i r l ,

/ ,r i' ' ' / sr ll ̂ ($ :r) (also ii ll ' " l"\ ' ' ' aftcr Dyn'

i \,.. '.,r Ll-*- ! i, rrir'r' '5'. , ,i i ,, i l, i i. i"i l,r,t=rrot} n'.f !nt'yv''fQ)st t'tm=J *,'lt:1i . , - /, ,Thcy(RcandAmun)smircfbrhirn(KingThutrnosisl l )hiscncmics,I l isMojestybeing

in his palace.,, (rnodall .sr introcluc". tt-r" "'p6urir.o oiu"tuial adjunct of an Ernphatic

Construct ion - scc $ 70' l )

i i . i : f J ' ] , . " , , ( , , , . ' '1-- . . . . .* ; ; l : ' ; , ' f -^ i ' l l ' ' \ ' i r ' l ' ' i . ' i . , ' i . , l i l i ' .

- i t= i pw , t r f

ink sl.t' *,4.r4" n(=i) wrtLn(=i) ltr -ns't'f

isk wi m im'y sl=f' "Hc (Amun) is my

(Thutmosis III's) fathcr, f "*

fti"on' H" tüt;; for mc that I should bc upon his thronc

white I was sti, rtt"ü,Ä'.ili;rör"i int.oau".. thc crnphasiscd advcrbial adjunct

ofan E,rnphat ic Construct ion -sce \ / l ' l I

,,ycar g, i]11 , , i i. ' :t; ," ; ' "' ist hnr'J ltr ltls't Rnttt' whilc His Majcsty was in thc

hill country of Rctenu'" (tcmporal)

"l spcnt many ycars unclcr King tnrcf l]ll -- ntt

'lt' i'sl tl pn br s't-hr=f

*rrir'.7*rl"n tnl, iona was undcr his chargc'" (tcmporal)

A pronominal sublect is exprcsscd by a depcndcnt personal pronoun ($ 27):

Thc prcvious example continues: " "' 11" I i)tl ';;i i ' ' sIn'(i) mhlk4 " (and) I

was his servant." (modal)

"l spcnt many years under my -ittt"",!,1 il I' ' t" I * i'sl s$D m st't nsw while she was

d;ilil;tttion of King's Daughter'" (temporal)

b. Introduced by lw (only with pronominal subject' i'c' suffix-pronoun):

Adverbial Sentences 27

"Menandwomenrc jo ice , , , t , - - ' i , ' l * : i ! i *4^nsw(nowthat )he isk ing . "

(causal)

"l becamc an officer in place of my father, i ti:

ti \. '.i.'i!"'

i*=ilz Jri (when) I was(still) a youth." (tcrnporal)\

,Yote:In the course of timc, iw dcvelops into a so-called "circumstantial converter" and thcnalso introduccs adverbial subordinate clauscs with noun subjccts. This only occursrcgularly in Latc Egyptian, but is already attested in the llth Dynasry: "lt (thc gazclle)

g a v c b i r t h u p o n i t ( i . c . o n t h c r o c k ; . l , i , ]nsw, hr ln;: ($ tr6) whilc this army of thc king watchcd."

C) NEGATION of ADVERBIAL SENTENCES

l. Introduccd by ** nn ("it is not thc casc that", $ 37):

-',- ' . i i jt . '

' ' i: ;i i nn slll(w,)4 br tp(.r-w)-tl "Thc mcrnory of hirn is not (will not

bc) with thosc who arc upon carth."- ' . . * ' - l l i 1

J , r ) ' ' . ? ; t i ' ' i t l r l l r n 4 m - n r . n f r . n , , , H i s n a r n c i s n o t ( w i l l n o t / s h a l l

not bc) amongst thc living."

A pronorninal subjcct, cxprcsscd by a dcpcndcnt pcrsonal pronoun ($ 27), follows thcncgation:^-

\| !i tl l, t ' i) ' l l

; nrt u,i nr ht.(.:)-ih=str ',t was not in thcir midst.,'

( " r ;i \ 'rt ru ^r(y) m ib=i "lt (thc flight) was not in my hcart (rnind)."

- " - *l -i, -^- i; -i.,, ,2. Irrtroduccd by -* i.^." nn wn or n wn.t

* t i I )t i;l ", , ' '

nn wrt hn.t m h.t4' "Thcre was no grced in his body."

^"- ::' 'ii ,\)' ift l/ill l:.., n tt,n.t iwmsin ,,There was no lic rhcrcin.,,

$47


3. An embedded adverbial clause is also negated by)^ nnt

"That means that his heart has descended, dropped down' I ] b -h J' i- "

sw m s'r'J

it (the heart) not being in its place."

$ 48 2) NOMINAL SENTENCES

Nominal Sentences are sentences whose subject and predicate are both formed of nomi-

nal cxpressions. Hcre, only sentences are dealt with which do not have a nominalised

verb form, i.e. a participle, as one of their clements. The latter are dealt with under the

in-Construction ($ I l9-120).

There are thrce groups of Nominal Sentences:

a) thosc whcre both elcmcnts of the sentencc arc formed by nouns ($ 49);

b) those whcre the first elcmcnt is an indcpendent pronoun ($$ 50-52);

c) thosc formed with 2w ($$ 53 55)'

$ 49 a) NOMINAL SENTENCES wlTH TWo NOUNS

Scntcncc namcs:

ii.1llÄ, I 'Äl sn.r4spd.l

jltr - \) *

Pth ls w=n

Inalienable mattcrs:

{ * { | * i"jb.. Tmn.y rn{ "Ameni is his name'"

Jl - . 'N f\. l l l l i t+.lrbw(?) "HisfatherisAabu'"

In the so-called Balanced Sentence:

-nr'N " $i, -^t N " q;/l Sm.wt=i Sm.wt7npy "My ways are thc ways of

Anubis"

N:1 '.1 ., l\: l il .- ;" :il. *t.t-t mkl RC(.w) "Your protection is the protection

of Re."

"His sister is Sothis."

"Ptah is our commander."

b) NDEPI

There are

1. The i t ; i

Where ti,indepc-nJiny''srr -Se:

1st pers.

3rd p.-rs :

7 Th. . " - .

Thc sub_,pcrson:

-\ole; IrStrcSSL-J ;

Thc- c' l rrJ.

Som,--Irn-,,

Thc sn:^,

3. \c ' ! : i r

T h t - ' i r : . . - S

Nominal Sentences 29

b) INDEPENDENT PRONOUN +NOUN/ADJECTIVE: THE /NA-SENTENCE

There are two $oups of inft-Sentences: with unstressed and stressed subject.

1. The in,t-Scntence with an unstressed subject $ 50

Where the subjcct is not stressed, but merely identified, it only appears in the form of an

indcpendent pronoun for the lst or 2nd person. In the case ofthe 3rd person, eithcr the

t''sw-Scntence ($ 56) or the pw-Sentence ($ 53-55) is used:

ink(Dtm(.w) "I am Atum.", \

3rd pcrs.: , ' '"1 r NN -* ('Dtm(.w) pw NN pn "This NN is Atum-"' \

l \ / i

. ,, ' ' \i ', ink nb ilm.t "l am a lord (possessor) of charm."

"I am quiet."

2. Thc inft-Scntcnce with a strcssed subjcct $ 5l

Thc subjcct appears in thc form of an indcpcndcnt pronoun in thc lst, 2nd and 3rdpcrson:

I 1 \ / \ , { ! *

1 )i . .i1i swt nb=n "1/e is our lord."

"He is thc son of Osiris."

Note: ln thc casc of thc lst and 2nd pcrson, onc cannot always distinguish bctween a

strcssed and an unstrcsscd subjcct. Somctimcs thc contcxt makcs this possiblc:

The cloquent pcasant says to thc chicf stcward Rcnsi: "Do not spcak falsehood,^ll tlr..t i' I \':.' ntk iwsw you arethc balancc."

Somctimes thc strcsscd subjcct is followcd by the enclitic particlc I ir 15 :s;'

Thc snakc dcclincs the shipwrcckcd sailor's offcrs of gifts: "You are not rich in myrrh,

.t'.,)jt'']ll t ' l;'i ;$t ::: i.,i,r ink is hkl Pwnr but.l am thc rulcr of Punt."

3. Ncgation of thc irt-Scntencc $ 52

The inft-Scntcnce ls ncgatcd by -^- ... I n ... ir:

- ^ - .o . , I l l \ \ , ! n ink is m(w) r " t amnotadeadone. "

, l " ' 1 i ! \ i r t .-- '. ..))l i l ' l) '., .i i / n ink is kli si "l am not arrogant (lit-: high of back)."

30 Accidence qnd Svntzx

c) THEpw-SENTENCE

There are two types of pw-Sentences: bi-partite and tri-partitc pw-Sentences.

WORD ORDER (in both cascs): predicate - subjcct.

$ 53 l. Thc bi-partite pw-Sentencc

The subjcct is a demonstrativc pronoun ($$ 29-30), as a rule pw, which is invariablc, andis further qualificd by the predicatc.

Thc prcdicatc is fonned cithcr by a noun (a) or an independent pronoun (b):

I . ' ' ;- j i ' " f f

. ,. " it.\ ii"l irr --- J i

- ' t , ' t \ t ' , , ' , . ,

il * it' ii

it=k pw

pfur.t pv,

"lVhc is your fathcr." (a)

"lt is a rcmcdy." (a)

dp.t m(u,)t nn "This is thc tastc of dcath." (a)

ntf 'pw, m ntl(.t "lt is rcally hirn." (b)

ink pv, " l t is mc." (b)

Whcn thc prcdicatc is fonncd by an indircct gcnitivc construction, pw oftcn splits thc

gcnitive construction ancl imrnccliatcly follows thc nonten regens'. t l :

l ; j i t \),t '"" )j lih.t-i pv, n.w p,'.w it=i "lt is my propcrty of thc housc (cstatc) of rny fathcr." (Hcrc 1fr.r isconstrucd as a lnasc. plura[ - scc I 17.2).

$ 54 2. Thc tri-partitc pw-Scntcncc: noun pl1,- noun

This scntcncc is an cxtcnsion of thc bi-partitcpx,-Scntcncc. Originally, thc sccond nounstood in apposition to thc subjcct pN,:

i , l l ' l i t ': i l

" ,1, pw ns=k "lt is thc plummct (of thc balancc), namcly your tonguc."

But pw,mcrcly scrvcs as thc copula bchvccn thc prcdicatc and thc subjcct: "Your tongucis thc plurnmct".

i i f ' :

\ i ' dnr i pv' inrn.t"Thcwcst( i .c. thc rcahn ofthcdcad) isaclwcl l ing."

li ,ir i l,;j j: l i l ' 'rir '" bu,.t=i pw t1m.t ntr "Thc cxccution block of god is myabomination."

'l*i"",, - l'i' .t

'' i');' s1v,!tJ'pv, hntsi.t "sitting is his trcarmcnt."

Adjektivalsatz: 4fr sn, 3l

3. Negation: Beidepw-Sätze werden negiert durch -- .... l l n ... is S 55

i i ' ' , t l ,t ' ."-i j i-"-f l *

1;' t i .

: '?,.{1, i!.t.t=i pw n.w pr.v, it=i n ib.t is pw,pr.wItJ.t\'- '.v' "Es ist mein Besitz vom Hause meines Vaters, es ist nicht Besitz (vom) Hausedes Fürsten."

- - t' ', i i ' i i l.; I I l i. - ' i '^" -- .r' i i n u,r is pv,v,r im (v,n-ib,,Der Große da. der

habgierig ist, ist kein (wahrhaft) Großer."

l) ADJEKTIVALSATZ (nfr n, - Satz) S 56\\ ol{ TSTELLUNG: Prädikat - Subjekt

Prädikat: invariables Adjektiv (8 22) bzw. partizip (gg 93-t04)

Subjekt: Substantiv (l) oder abhängiges personalpronomen (g 27, rneist 2. oder 3.Person, nur selten l. Person) (2).

' ' / \'

.i,. l{ -*'

. ' . 1 ) Ä - -

\ *. nJi'hrr.t trt "Diese BIume ist schön." f l )

jrl-' nfr tu, hnc=i "Du hast es gut bei mir." (2)

olt wird an das Partizipoder Acljektiv die Endun, S", du. "admirative uy',, angehängt:-

) i i ' r \ , ' nfr.v,y sv, "Wie schön ist es!" (2)'it I ti jt) j tr,'t '

:i mQ.u,y su, ib=i "wie stark ist cs cloch, mein Flerz!,, (2)

nn,Ste,lle des Partizips kann auch ein Fragepronomen (Q 34) treten:

,, i1l - 1 ,r ' ptr (i)r-J(lt9),rn, "Wcr ist cr denn?" (2)

4) ADJEKTIVALSATZ 'n i t I nn , - - '

( vg l .auch Q 59) : $ 574

Il ier stcht .4 Lut ("es gibt/gab nicht") an Stelle des Adjektivs bzw. partizips.

woR'rs lELr.tJN(;: Prädikat - Subjekt

Die Zeitstufe ist abhängig vom Kontext._ _ i , V {

l , \ )t: nn m)r.tyv,(t 2r) "Gerechte gibt es nicht."

- - ' 1

Art gab ", ",.n,.,,

.-'- "' ')i{ ' , , nn dr.u' mnmn.t nb.t "Ein Ende von Vieh aller

-^- rii-i, r:r \i\" * -.* -*- .\ " ,).r' ::. trtl. tttr ph.ny,fr "Sein Ende gibt es nicht."


s ss 5) EXPRESSIONS OF POSSESSION

Egyptian does not have a verb for "to haveöelong to". Possession is expressed by

a) the invariable nisbe-adjective n'y ($ 23):

*T+ n.y'nbwl/.yt ({ t0c) rrliL belongs to wadjet (uto)'"

A pronominal subject is expressed by a dependent pronoun ($ 27):

- \ $ N n.y wi Hr.w "l bclong to Horus'"tl

i ))\,\ n.y sw Hr.w "Hebclongs to Horus." (NB the writing with -

, phonetic

rz.s, is influenced by the ciosc relationship bchveen thc nisbe-adjcctive and the pronoun')

b) thc prcposition n ($ 35) (dative):

lj' -l- .J "l

'll ,,, n-J irp r mw "To him belongs more winc than watcr."

t \ i ' : ' ^ f ; ; iwn=k(nh "Tovoubc longs l i f ' c ' "

c ) theprcpos i t ionn+ su f f i x -p ronoun+ i l { ' \ i ' ' o ' I ' ' ' \ I i ^ ' y '

,l l l if,,l i, ln'! 'n " ' n=k im.y hr: "To you bclongs silvcr'"

d) thc nishe n.y + indcpcndcnt pronoun (S 27):

(n.y + ink > nnk,thc initial n'y is not writtcn with thc othcr pronouns')

" * , 0 a t

' , , ' i . : l l l l K p - f "To me bclongs thc skY."

.' ', f t : ntk cnlt "To you bclongs lifc'"

l: I t,r i .'l , I ntk nhh d.t ,,yours arc ctcrnify and cvcrlastingness."

c) nb "lord / posscssor ol' ' + dircct gcnitivc ($ l8):

' ) a , ' 1 5 . , l ! - - t . . - L ^ , - , , , r t t ^ , r + h ^ l ^ . , ] l n r r r n n r n f r h n r r q r : "' .,, -ri" I ink nb pr.w "l arn thc lord/owncr of a housc'

$ s9 6) NON - POSSESSIONNon-posscssion is cxprcssed by Adjcctival Scntcnccs ($ 57)

l*^ ,n+ "dativc" ($ 58 b): :*. ' i l, . nn n=k st "It clocs not belong to you'"

or--it--:,^rnr,r,n + noun + gcnitivc: --u:"tt-*-)tt nn wtl ib n'y si "Man has no

undcrstanding (lit.: thcre does not exist thc hcart / undcrstanding of a man)'"

F t L . \ - > : - .

. \ r r ' :b . : .

]n th l - a : - .3

cl id. 'd r :- : :

Verb 33

H) THE VERB

TERMINOLOGY: radical. root. stem

.\s in the case of the Scmitic languages, thc meaning of a word is depcndent upon anabstract grammatical entity known as thc "root" which compriscs a numbcr of radicals(root consonants). The stcm is fonncd from the root, which can be modified, e.g.byrcduplication of a radical, by addition of thc causativc prefix s, and (unwrittcn)rowcls. Grammatical cndings (fem. r and plural w) and othcr elements (see e.g. 8$ 68,76, 80) arc appendcd to thc stem.

I ) VERB CLASSES

Thc formal classification of a vcrb is depcndent on thrcc critcria:

a) TtiE NUMBER OF ROOT CONSONANTS $ 60

Vcrbs arc classificd according to thc numbcr of radicals in thcir root. Thcy form thefbllowing classcs (in order of frequcncy):

3 radicals '"t i'\i

2 raclicals I I

4 radicals \i"1

-.,.- 'r

Thcrc is one vcrb with I raclical' I 1il i "to say"

an<l scveral with 5 radicals, ".g.

l;l i\ \o nhrh^ "to roar".

b) CAUSATTVE .t

A verb is given causativc lncaning through thc addition of thc prefix s:

+ l s tmnI i *I ( ) s * ( n h

In the casc ofverbs that have w as their f irst consonant, this consonant is usuallyc l idcd in lhc causat ivc:' i t - ,- ' I I s + tb "puri&" (<w(h "to be pure")

sdm "to hcar"

dd "to spcak"

wstn "to stridc"

"cause to rcmain" (< nr "remain")

"cause to l ive, vivify" (<,nb "to l ivc")

$61


S 62 c) MODIFIABILITY OF THE ROOT

1. Strong verbs are invariable; they have two' three or four radicals'

2.Weakverbsarevariableandonedist inguishesthreegroupsasfol lows:

$ 63 a. Ultimae infirmae verbs (ult' inf')

The f inal radical is wcak ( i ' ) ' or w) '

tcrtiae infirmac (lllae inf'): ni Ä'

\\:.y' r,fw "to rcjoicc"

rhij l ' i j| msdi "to hatc"quartae infirmae (lVae inf'): l i l - . ,..... ,

\.\ )i' li m)wy "to be new"

' | {o le . .Somevcrbswi th ias thc i r f ina l rad ica la rcs t rong,andthcre forc thc i r roo t rc -1 f l J ; ' - . - ,

tnains unchanged' e'g' ll'l' 'it' Itni "to scck"' * ll ll /ni "to age"'

$ 64 b. Ultimae geminatae verbs (ult' gem')

Thcsc arc verbs whosc last radical is thc samc as thc pcnultirnate radical:

' -./ Jl j i i i l : kbb "to bc cool"sccundac geminatae (llac gcm';:.

,

' '

ac (IIIac gcm.): i ' 'A Plrr "to run"

$ 65 c. Irregular verbs:

Thcscvcrbsbc longtooncof thcabovcc lasscsofwcakverbsbut , inccr ta in fon ls ,they differ from thc other verbs in thcir group:

mri "to lovc"

msi "to give birth"

l \ \ \

A#;,"1-\x't\a l l

iwi "to come" (l l lac inf')

ini "to bring" (l l lac inf')

wnn "to bc" (I lae gem')

mli "to see" (IIac gcrn')

rdi "to give" (lllae inf')

Verb - Imperative 35

Ir VERB GROUPS S 66

Verbs are classified into the following groups on the basis of their syntactic properties:

Transitive (trans.) verbs, thosc that can take a direct object;

Intransitive (intrans.) verbs are those that do not take a direct object. The verbs ofmovement ("to come", "to go", etc.) and verbs expressing a quality or adjective-verbs, e.g. "to be sweet", "to be cool", etc.) belong to this group.

\-oice - Active and Passive: All verbs can form the passive, apart from the adjective-\ L.rbs (see g$ 76 79).

-1) IMPERATIVE $ 67

a) FORMS

Only forms for the 2nd pcrson singular and the plural are attested, no gender isdrscemible.

sg. t \ ' .sdm "hcar!" pl . \ 'sqlm(.)r) ; I , sclm.w "hcar!"

I rr e gu I ar i mpcrative forms:

r ( i : , i ' - ' ( " l a o : ' ' - , 1

' \ , ' - ) i m i , , g i v c ! , '

('\ il

iwi: ,\\rl ,n mi ,,cotnc!,,

Othcr spccial forms:\lr

l) m "takc" followcd by thc rcflcxivc dativc a- (see bclow) is regularly written

with thc bi-litcral sign,-. ..i1, ^ n=k ,,take to yoursclfl"

b) REINFORCING THE IMPERATIVE

l. With a dcpcndcnr pronoun (g 27):N'( \ -A . : :' ',rr, l)\ t wdl.w tn ,,gol,'

2. By mcans of thc so-callcd reflcxivc dativc (dirccts thc action to the interest of theimplicd subject):

, \ t " n * , t l p \

- l)^\,t' l-r .,, ' . 'tt, A sll n=k hrw.w n.y krs "Remember thc day of burial!"

3. ir + suffix-pronoun > invaria ble (i)r=y : ,, q. , 1A :S;,. \ ' ..1

<:: : ' i j' \ \1" - , -1"^ sdm.wr{1n "Hearyc!"


4) FINITE VERB FORMS

s 6s THE SUFFIX CONruGATION

The subject follows the stem or, in some cascs' a grammatical ending' Elements such

a s n ( $ 7 | ) , t w ( $ i 6 ) o r i n , f i r , f t J ( $ 8 0 ) a p p e a r b e t w c e n t h e s t e m a n d t h e s u b j e c t . Apronominal ,uUj""t' is cxpiesscd by one of thc suffix-pronouns of $ 28' For

transliteration conventions see $ 13'

I . ACTIVE VOICE

$ 69 a. CIRCUMSTANTIAL (PRESENT) süm'J I iri'J

Form of the weak stem:

' ll ,l l':) :^. t t r,

',, . .\i\,t

i\'\ n;l

| : : , ,t n

;'i )'i' iwi (re gular), but also I | ! iYi

(!r

Usage:

Thc Circurnstantial sQm=f is a vcrbal vcrb fonn'

l. Normally, the barc Circumstantial sQmJ' is only found in non-initial position in a

scntcncc, natncly in advcrbial suborclinatc clauscs (but sec also $$ 123, 126):

Modal clausc:-- i i -y. ' '

iw i r i .n=ir$or r)pr i . / Wpi-wl.v, t wdl4

r ($ s5 2) n4 it4 "l conducted thc proccssion of (thc god) Wepwawet as hc gocs forth in

ordcr to protect his father."

Tcmporal clause:' : . . 1

\ \ r A . ' . . i j , : , , ' t ' , 0 , . . , , , i r i r { t t t s ) p , . r . * r r f r w n = t r t p t ) " M a y } o u t $ 7 s ) s p c n d ahappy day while You are on carth."

fSäeätso ttrc second example of Pcrfective sQm'n'J, $ 71'l)'

2. When used in a main clause in initial position, the Circumstantial sdmi is always

prcceded by a particlc , e.g- iw ($ 92 Complex Aorist I) or m=k ($ 97 Prescntative)'

I Iac gcm.:

IIIac inf.:

kbh "to bs cool"

nt)tl "to scc"

i r i " to do"

iw,i "to col-nc"

r(!i "to givc"

Verb - Sffix Conjugation 37

b. AORIST sjm-f I irr-J

Form of the weak stem (charactcristic feature: gcmination of the last radical):

kbh "tobecool" ' l l j l l l iä^ mo

mli "to sec" ,,,11 f\ [\\ ,;;, ,j.l ̂ li r i ' , to do, ,

' .o - . , ! " , . , r ,

iwi "to comc" -n )i.,,a, ,t\. ,\l' ,r,"

rdi "to give" ; i, li 11 nnUsage:

Thc Aorist sdm| I irr-J is a nominal vcrb form. It cxpresscs somcthing that isgcncrally valid, or a recurring cvcnt. Thc tcnsc rcquircd in a translation is dctcrmincdby thc contcxt. It is found in initial position in a main clausc and scrvcs as a noun.

l . In ini t ia l posi t ion in main clauses

a. In the Ernphatic Construction. Hcrc thc focus of intcrcst is not on thc vcrbal actionof the main clause but rathcr on a following adverbial cxprcssion ($ I 18, 122; also first!'xarnplc in { 46).

A lii I i \'r$ l','il -l'] ., ) prr=i hsi.kw m ,h ,,r(regurarly) wcnt forth, having bccn

praiscd in thc Palace."-(Thc cmphasiscd advcrbial cxprcssion takcs thc fonn of thcnrodal clausc hsi.kw($81) rr t&).To indicatc thc crriphasis, this construction can bctranslatcd as a clcft scntcncc ($ I I S): "That I uscd to go forth was having bccn praiscdin thc palacc.". , l _ i i * l

. r , , ( ' . . ' r '1 i \ / \ / r . ' ' r i i . N , . . l : ' ( ld tw, h,,s. t n l1)s. t l1r sh n.1, ib=k n=k"That onc forcign land gavc you to (anothcr) forcign land was unclcr thc counscl of!'our own hcart." (Thc modal clausc hr sh n.y ih=k n=k is thc crnphasisccl advcrbialcxprcssion.) Notc: - , ro. , , una ' for' " as oftcn thc casc in hicratic tcxts.

b. In the so-cal lcd Balanccd Scntcncc ($$ 49, 7 | . ld, 132):

, 1 i , ' ' ' ' , " 1 , f ' , ' i t ) . , * ' , , . ' , , a , , , , )

, , * i l * : : - i - . p r r = 1 n r p . t m n r . w t

prr=i hr tp.t lnh.w=tn "(lf) you asccnd to thc sky as vulturcs, I ascend upon the top ofyour wings."

s70

I Iac gem.:

I I Iae inf . :

, , l , i . . , a N| -* *- 1 l

. lN

:r . . i , / ) A i - . , ' ) i i \ \

thcy givc him praise."

r\ $il'it" ) ni sw ntr.w dd=sn n=f i)w "(l\ the gods sce him,


2. In the position of a noun

a. As the object of another verb, i.e. in object clauses, particularly after rh "to know",

mll "to see",wd "to command" and mri "to desire / wish":

i \ ,\. '" ' ."1\|*l i .. -] ,!. ' t..: ' ' i-- l ni iw gr.t wj.n hm=f prr(=i) r !/s.t tn tps(.t)"Now, his Majesty commanded that I go forth to this noble foreign land."

b. As subjcct of an Adjectival Sentcncc ($ 56)

I \ ffi i[l ' i] rs, ,r?rr=s "Hcr giving birth is difficult."

c. Fol lowing ccrtain prcposit ions, e.g.m "aS, in as much aS". mi "aS when, l ikc", r

"as", "untiltt, ftr "bccausc", f?y' "when":

"As for evcry wab-priest, cvcry pricst, evcry phylarch and cvcry female phylarch who

wi l lbe in th isc i ty , i r ' i . \ ' ' - l i i I l - ' i

' ' " , n rn t r r= t t l wp i -w ' ) .w tn t r= t t l hnr

nrrw.tß tt' l) in as much as you lovc Wcpwawct, your dcarly bclovcd god, (so may you

speak an offering praycr for Inc)."

, , l t was l ike a drcam, , , , , .1 ' , , , i ; ,1. . '1; ; , 1 rr ' i , i , , . t ) l l l ' , , ' . , ' l t ' ' ' " l nr i ml l , r l r ( | 27 1)

iclh.y m lbw ltke a marsh-dwcllcr sccing hirnsclf in E,lcphantinc."

$ 7l c. (PRESENT) PERFIICT sQm.n'J I iri.n-J

Corrcsponding to thc Aorist s/rr=f 1 in'=f'and thc Circumstantial Prcscttt s4lm=f thcrc arc two

s4m.n=yforms onc norninal and one vcrbal (also callccl "Circurrrstantial-.rr.1nt.n=t") that

"onnoi always be clcarly clistinguishcd nrorphologically (scc Prcfacc).

Form of thc wcak stem:

Ibres.'l N o m i n a ,: Verbal .I ^ ^-

Utten n.'rI ^ ^

UltCfl \ r-

Usage:

l Nomin

a. In thcsect lon c

, ) :

, t . '

havc cort h c o n d <

.rdrr7'[\\

n l n l=s

hcrscl t

b . I n ayou shc

c. Afte

Thc dit t l t t-c . t ,

" Y o u '

d . I nl t r i . r t=wcnt

2. Ve

a. UsVert

b . PrI n apara

. l l " ' - -

l lac gcm.: Äbb " to bc cool" ' : t " : ' '

. - i . -

w ' l ln " to cx is t " - t ' - . ': : i : _ ' !

nt ' r l " to scc" t , , i : ,

I l lac inf. : i r i " to do" i i l

, l

iwi "to come" i "- , - t i

"t 't---r4i "to give" .l *:_-

l

i i ' i t - '

khb.nt , kh.n2

v'n'f ' t 1ir ', placc of *n'trri.r l)

Verb - Suffix Conjugation 39

\olq:

\ominal verb form.I Verbal verb form; m)) irregular.

Often nominal verb form; regularly after negative * n (see I 71.3).- often verbal verb form (see g 71.2) and in performative statements (see $ 71.4).

L-sage:

1, \ominal verb form

a. In the Emphatic construction (cp. $ 70.1) the sQm.n--f stands at thc beginning of a:L'ction of text or in an indcpendcnt scntencc (see also sccond cxamplc in I 46):

. ::: l:l ,fl ,!a.r=, m mtc.t "tn trnthhavc I spokcn."

- i j i T; l r t i l l i r " ." . l l . ; " [ . r r ' iy i .n=i m !1nt l r t lmJ QiJ sip=i i t .v,n1r.w , ,1:tl\ 'c colnc from thc prcsencc of His Majcsty, hc ordaining that I inspcct thc fathers of:ltc- gods." (Emphasis on thc advcrbial subordinate clausc; /i=l'Circumstantial Prcscnt.Jrt=l'[$ 69. l] followcdby sip=i Subjunctivc .relny'[$ 75]).

i ' , l - . . . . ' ! " t . , ' . , i ' , . " . , ' \ \*^^.i 't t 'tt=s n(.) Stpt"ln her nome Shetepet (-ll/acti Nutmn) has your mothcr Nut sprcadr!-rsclf ovcr you." (Notc gcminating lonn of llae gcrn. vcrb p^lJ.)

b. In an object clause 1uncorr.r-on;, ' i

":, ',rt. " ,,. , "' -"", i1 gnti=k(5 ttD ys.tt=f "lf

r ou should find that it (thc stornach) has knottcd ..-".

c. Altcr prepositions (c.g. n-1.1t "aftcr", r "until", rri "likc", ffi "according to"):

Thc daughtcr of thc nomarch rulccl t'{.}.^-- (,,r ,.ti i ' ],,..ri;t,-'

ul ,. hpr.tt s)=s nt

,tl-tt-c.w "until hcr son had b"9:,11: aq ldult (lit.: onc strong of arm).""You will act in thc altcrlifc .', '.1 -*1,

rni iri.n=k tp t! l lkc you did on carth."

d. In the Batanced Sentcnce: ,-" ] . -- l ' i t . ' ' t i , . , , i , , t , .

. . . , ' l ) l i . - , --- .

i i . i l "^- ,-

ltri.n=sn r p.t m hik.w pri.n=i hr !nh(.wy)=.rrl "(10 they wcnt up to thc sky as talcons, In c n t u p o n t h c i r w i n g s . " ( c p . S $ 4 9 , 1 0 . 1 b , I 1 8 , 1 3 2 )

2. Vcrbal verb form (in vcrbal main clauscs and subordinatc clauses):

a. Usually, thc slm.n=J' only takcs initial position in a main clausc as part of a ComplcxVerb Form ($g 9la and 95.1, but scc also rS$ 123,126).

b. Paratactically in a main clause:In a main clause, which is part of a longcr section of text, thc vcrbal sQm.n=f canparatactically follow a vcrb form at thc hcad of a section of text:

40 Accidence and SYntar

i .Fo l low ing theComplexVerbFormChC.ns /m.n=f ($95.1) :

SinuherecountswhathedidafterhisvictoryoverthcheroofRetenu:

f -*ÄW:.1;' lr--

' i l '- 'N,1l,r$ * *-'-X,ilo.- 'h'.n ini'n=i if; 't=f htk'n=i

^,r-n.r,=t "Then I fetched his properfy and plundcred his herd'"

ii. Following the Complex Verb Form iw sQm'n=f ($ 9la):

qb:l'*il ihir- \' l ' '-l,i[i1]*q1{ : Lrl}ji"l i\: -;it '*. :iw !rp.n=i kl.t m nsm.t msi 'n=i in'w"s iri'n=i hlkr n nb=f "I directed the work on thc

Neshmet_barque (of ösiris); I made its ropes, I performed thc Haker-fcstival for its

lord (Osiris)."

ii i. Following thc Complcx Verb Fonn iw(=fl stJm=f (g 92 Cornplcx Aorist I):

i i \ \; j i 'xi**i j l i),,,\dh$i. .,$**rl ' I i^;j iT i\ i ;\ ' i"r ' i ' t :" ' !t- '

1 \ ! [ t . i j i ' i r = i d i = i $ s z t m w n i h r c l i . n = i t n m h r v : l . t n h m ' n ' i c w l i " I g i v c w a t c r t o

thc thirsty, I set thc lost upon thc road' I rcscucd thc robbcd'"

c. In verbal subordinate clauses:

In subordinatc clauscs thc vcrbal sjm.n=f is only usccl with trunsitive vcrbs' In thc

case of intrunsitive vcrbs thc Olcl Pcrfcctivc ($ 81)îs utiliscd:

Following thc king's lcttcr Sinuhc "ontlnu"r,.I

t ' f it '\ ' l l"l-- Yii ' i '1-^'' lf ;it:L'

. ; . , i l l t i ' )s{; i i ' , r r ; ] I ' ,q:: \-Y,, i ' , ' , ; i i spr.nw,Qpnr=ichc.kwmhr( 'v)- ib

whw.t=i gfli.n,yy=J-n=i di.n(=,itwi tlr b.t=i."This lcttcr rcachcd mc a.s l was standing in lhe

mitlst of, my tribe; it*u, i"u,l to mc t having placed-mysclJ' on nty belty (as a mark of

rcspcct ibr thc king).,, Two norninal sclm.n=.t' ' f inlr '0.t"] in Ernphatic constructions (thc

sccond n '1-passivc, S 76) arc followcd by crnphasiscd vcrbal subordinatc clauscs' thc

first an old Pcrfcctivc, sincc thc vcrb is intransitivc, thc sccond a vcrbal 5611'n=f' Thc

crnphasis is on thc c.rntrart bctwccn Sinuhc's posnlrcs: stontling in thc rnidst of his tribc'

prurrrornwhcn the king's lcttcr is rcad to hirn'

ThccaravanlcaclcrSabni 'ov' ' l - ' i ]" ' l ' ; j i : ' -- 'ü-*] ' i ) l i i " o i ' ' ivi 'n'

r,'ri+':,ii i,i\;ii; i,;i ; -t' ni=i) ''4 r hsit(=i) hr-s "Now' this Iri camc' having rctchcd

for (rnc) a dccrce a p'ui'"'("-'"; t"tuu" of ir'" (i:ni'n=fin a temporal subordinate clausc)

Kins Sesostris Itt writes to Ikhemofret: *-i1 ;":ti; "'"1-i\ 'l ' l

' 'i;' jllil '1 l l'

;;.;";;i;i:ö;; *t..,r=i xu m ikr slr "My Majesty has donc this (cntrusted lkher-

nofrct with u turtl,'uit., i ,..ognir.a 1rit.' saw) you as onc cxccllcnt of counsel'"

(ml.n=i in a temporal subordinate clause)

l lae gcm.:

IIIac inf.:

Verb - Sffix Conjugation 4l

3. Following the negation n^-i n sQm.n=f ("He does not/can not hear").This is the negative equivalent of both the Circumstantial Present sdm4 and theComplex Aorist I iw(-fl sdrz=/($$ 136 a, 142 b; see Table 3 - p. 85).

4. In performative statements: In captions accompanying the rcpresentations of theking with the gods on temple walls, the vcrbal sQm.n=f appears whcre onc of thepersons (king or god) speaks in the lst person:

In a sccne wherc Amun hands King Sesostris the sign of lifc: "words spokcn byAmun-Re, King of the Gods: :-"j- +:' : ' ' , ' I.11.

di.r=(i) n=k ,nb wJs nb rlr.t=k ntr nfr I have (hercwith) givcn you all lifc and dominion to your nose, pcrfectgod."

d. (HISTORIC) PERFECT sQm-J / iri-J E j2

Form of the wcak stem:

khh "to bc coot" ' lliii;, ,, lt llltl ä Ur, ru,mll "to scc" ,,,'l

.tL N .l; (frcqucnt); ,,'

.!\ .;

iri "to do" to iri

iw,i "to cornc" ,rlr i\ iwl, ,l i | ^ iri

rdi "to givc" - . rdiUsage:

Thc (Historic) Pcrfcct sQm=J' is an Old Egyptian fonn which is occasionally uscd inMiddlc Egyptian as a past tcnsc fonr in rnain clauscs:

In a biographical tcxt of thc Midillc Kingdom: ,i i j i ri- ,i l):j '. .-.- '

"' ' i ';tnt rcti w,ifim=J'r sI n.y tnt! "His Majcsty appointcd rnc scribc of the cadastcr."

Thc Pcrfcct sgJm=f is rnainly uscd in spccific constructions:

l. Aftcr the Ncgativc -o'- n,in thc ncgativc cquivalcnt of thc Pcrfcct sqlm.n=l:n s(m=J' "hc did not hcar" ($ 138).

2. Aftcr ccrtain prcpositions, c.g. qlr "siltcc", nbht "aftcr", r? "when" and n "bccausc:f i . . ' " i .

, \ : . , t* "* Qr grg.twßr,, t l p, t , ,s ince this land was foundccl. ' ,

Thc priest will bring offcrings j\i ',;.. A ./\ ^-11t pri-f "aftcr hc has gone forth(and has performcd the rituals in thc tcrnples)."

"I was a prie st with my turh". ir\ i-:i: -' - ti'' ' ' m wn=f tp rj when hc was upon earth.,'


S 73 e. The Form s{m.t-f


IIae gcm.: wnn

mli

IIIac inf.: it'i

iwi

rdiUsage:

Thc sQm.t=f is used in only a l imited numbcr of constructions:

l. Following the ncgative -o - n, to cxprcss an action that has not yet occurrcd:

n slm.t=l' "hc has not yct hcard / bclbrc hc hcard"'

{ } . ; . . . -^- l l , ] !1pr . r t=k . . . n f ipr . t r r r r ' . r l , "You catnc in to bc ing. . - bcfbrc thc

gods camc into bcing.''

2. Aftcr thc prcposit ions r "unt i l " and /r ' "s incc, unt i l " :' i l l ' .^" ' r '

" A t o r c h i s l i t f b r y o u i n t h c n i g h t , i l ' ' ' ' , ' ' ' " -

I "

lnh.t=k unti l thc sun shincs on your brcast."

" l w a s i n t h i s l a n c l u n c l c r h i s ( t h c k i n g ' s ) c o m m a n c l ' - i i ' ' ' l ' '

' l : ' r - ' - t l r f t p r ' t

nrni tp r.wy4(9 until clcath carnc to pass upon his anns (i.c. hc dicd)'"

$ 74 l. FUTURE (PROSPECTTvE) sQm(.ylw)41 iri('ylw)--l

Form of thc wcak stem:

l l lac in f . :

khh

lt, 11 ll

r t r l i

iri, iri.y

i l 'ti

rdt

ltdi.w'a noun, thc cnding

distinction bcfiveen

,..,a1t t to

bg t t 5 ; i ! / \ Wn. t

f r , ' i J . *

"to seett ',o'. ),;\ , . mln.tr t )- -

"to do" ir i.ti . . , f

. . .

"to comc" ri A, ) I A iyi .t

"to give" '"

,,. '" rQi.l, i) ' ' ' ,! i .,

v,nil "to bc"

ml ' , " to scc"

iri "to do"

iwi "to colnc" -i i l) ,,, .

rdi "to givc" - .. 1

i "r

, -

tJrti "travcl downstrcant" 'ii' -"i"'

Note: rThc cndings arc oftcn not writtcn. Whcn thc subjcct is

somctimcs found in place of y. In thc course of t imc thc

Future and Subjunctive s4m=f (5 75) was lost.

r v'bn.t Iw hr

L sagt

T : : F

f ' ^ ' ' '

t . \ o

a . I : ' : '

b . I :> t u

T l c 'T r r , f

r r ' . ( ' , ,

r'\ p i'

l . \ ' '

a . I : r

t t - l J

r i i l l

ro ri:

b . F

Th.'

thc ,

Th

c . i r

Fcr l l

d . Iw i sthc

Verb - Sffix Conjugation 43

Usage:

The Future (Prospective) sQm-f is used both as a nominal and a verbal form. A mor-phological distinction betwecn the two has not been identified.

1. Nominal verb form

a.In thc Emphatic Construct ion (see also $$ 70.1a,7l . l ) :

l l - " i \ q q * ' - ' i ' . ' - \ i

i l ! ' " " ' s c m J . k i r = f m i s s t " v [ / h a t , t h c n , w i l l y o ueat (lit.: swallow)?"

'- ' i\ }.fj l NN i\ i l l " - Y "l , . s(m.w NN nt h(n\k.r tt.t bct.t dtr.r,,BeeroJ'red barley willNN drink (lit. swallow)."

b. In an objcct clausc, scrving as thc objcct of ccrtain vcrbs, c.g. r'lz "to know", nrli "toscc", ltrd "to command", mri "to dcsirc/wish", .sfii "remcmber":

Thck ingsaysof thegoc l : , , t * - ' . t ' , . t l l i - - - ' ' r ! .n= l ' ! t ,p= i 11=f 's t "HcknowsthatI will govern it (the land) for him."

\ t ; \1 1i i l ; - . . . I i l ; , : .1 i i l : - -r i l , i ^-- l . , . t i r , - . . .

m n . t .=tr( \ 702c) . . . st td.w=trtmlc=tn n hm.wt=tn "in as rnuch as you wish . . . that you will tcll your wivcs about yourc x p c d i t i o n . . . "

2. Verbal verb form

a. [n main clauscs

Maat (usticc) will takc its placc, clisorclcr having bccn cast out; i ,i\, /,.

:, j;i lr,{' i ', '.. ' ' ' it-i '.-.--..., ;11 .,'r' I --,.. ,tr,.y gnttt.t(y)--fy($r12) N,rur./(y)-jy ht lnts n.tw "hc whowill scc (it) and who will bc in thc cntourage of thc king will rcjoicc."

, i l r j ) i i ' - ( , . - " ' - - . - . , i ' , t sQcl=i h! .w=k n i t i .y "rwi l t rccount your (cl iv inc) powcr

to thc sovcrcign."

b. Fol lowing thc non-cncl i t ic part ic le f ; ($ 37):

Thc king would likc to sail ovcr a canal but is unablc to do so bccause therc is no watcr in

thc canal. Thc rnagician Djcdi thcn says: ijN .. . )jl i,i ^.:.- k) rqli=i ltpr mw ß 75'zt

"Thcn I will lct watcr cornc into bcing."

c. In final or consccutivc clauscs, cxprcssing purposc or conscqucncc:

Following an impcrative: '" ' '."' l i;i i;:., , ,, iri nrll-k"Act, and you willscc."

d.ln thc ir-Construction (8{ l19-120).

44 Accidence and SYntcLY

e. In the old Egyptian negative Future n sQm(.w).f I iri'y=f I iri.w + noun subject' This

is thc equivaf.ni lf tne MiAdte Egyptian nn sQm=f (ö 142 c), which appears mainly in

archaising texts, e.g. the Coffin Texts.

f. Following the parliclc l ' "' in fulfil lable conditions ($ l3l' l) '

$ 75 g. SUBJUNC'trYE sQm'f I iri(.y)=f I


IIae gem.: kbh "to bc cool"

I l lac in f . ;

wnn "to bc"

mjj "to scc"

iri "to do"

i)

!' rA

t i :

,ili-: kh

iwi "to corttc" -n )i? , *

itt i "to bring" . , '

rdi "to givc" I I

:,' i , ' l ! *, , \ . .' - . l i l i j

'i I

wn, ! , . i \

m l n , , ; : . . ä \ n i

ir i .y, t ' ir i

iwt

i n t

di

Note: I Enclings oftcn not writtcn. In thc coursc of timc, thc distinction bctwccn thc

Futurc sQm=.|'($ 74) and thc Subjunctivc s/nr=/was lost'

Usage:

l. In wishes, with or without an introductory particlc:

a. without a particlc:

." ,l '].--;. ', ' . ,.1!. ,

, :* ji,1"*r'1; ii ' ' iri.y n=k Hr.y-!i=f nh Nn-nsw ih=k

"May Hcrishcf, thc Lor<l of Hcraclcopolis, fulfil 1br you your wish!"

b. with a particlc:

tin 1i,.,

', ,,, -)' , i i ... kl iri=tw ltli ir.,! "May onc act accordingly!"

, ! : l " . , : , , ! ; . , , , : - . . ' , ' i ' ,1. '1 . l ' .1.

i f i n)n=k 71=ft (r { '7b) i r i . rw, i !1. t nb.r mi n.t j - r r

hp "May you scc (to iQ that cvcrything is donc likc that which is according to thc

law." (iri.fw i!1.t nb.t is thc lw-Passivc' $ 76).

2. In an objcct clausc, ic. as a nominal vcrb form scrving as thc objcct of anothcr verb'

in particulär rc_li and its impcrativc inti "to causc that, to lct"; also dd "say" and lrmt

"intend, plan":

Verb - Passive Forms 45

i . * . - . { ) f \ I - I l I - -

. _ \ ' 1 , " i t I l , * - . {

- n d i = k i w t ( h c . w = i p w y n s h i . t r

int)! "May you let this my lifetime reach the achieving of veneration."

' . . - . l i i i I . - r , l i f | , : l - im ihs i .y4hb i .y4 "Le th ims inganddance. "

-^"- . ''\ 1,ll'. t .'., lii 4rt.n4 l ti hn?-i ,Hc said he would fight with me.,, (secr lso $ 124 example 2)

3. In final or consccutive clauses, expressing purposc or conscqucncc:

') / 'tth ,;i,, i i ' l I I ;,, 1'i):; ' $'

i!1 iwt tt=i rmt.w tltr.w mt=sn wi "Mayrncn and gods comc to rnc so that thcy tnay scc mcl"

, " tl l,]l --" 1:11' {l !l 't l l

'-. iyi.n=i nttn=i wsir cnh=i y-srL' "t havc comc, rhat

I rnay scc Osiris and livc at his sidc."

-1. In thc ncgativc cquivalcnt of thc Cornplcx Futurc iwJ r sc-ln ($ 9a): nn s4m4' "hcrvi l l not hcar" ( l i t . : " that hc wi l l hcar docs not cxist" , scc $ 142 c).

5. In thc ncgative vcrb fonn n-sp scln-J "it did not occur, that hc hcard" ($ la2 a).

6. Fol lowing thc part ic lc i f i l in ful f i l lablc concl i t ions ({ l3 l . l ) .

2. PASSIVE VOICE

a. fw-PASSIVE (with the passive elemcnt ; , tw) $ 76

Thc passive of thc suffix-conjugation is usually formcd through affixing thc passivc

clcmcnt,r$,', "

rr, (rclatcd to thc indcfinitc pronoun /lv "one", { 27) to thc stem or to amodifying elcmcnt, such as, for examplc, the tense clcrncnt n:

- r , ( o r

- ' , )

, iii\,,)'i ' ''sdm.na,=k "you arc hcard"

sQm.nrw,=k "you werc hcard", etc

Usage: The usagc of thc rw-Passive corrcsponds to that of thc active forms, e.g.:

Aorist sQm.tw-J in thc Emphatic Construction ($ 70.1):

",,î':, ' \. ' ' ' ! 'f ü\|

j i n

'. ' ' clgg.rw-J mi Rc.w wbn4 "He (thc king) is secn likcRc when he rises."


Present Perfect sSm.ntw'J in the Emphatic Construction ($ 7l'l):

i: "'-',.,-

m -', [] 'd" 'N"

) S iri.nr(w)-J r hwi.t s1.tyw "That he (the king) was made

i s i n o r d e r t o s m i t e t h e A s i a t i c s . " ( r * i n f i n i t i v e $ $ 3 5 , 8 5 . 2 ; Y d f o t T i , - o f o r ' ' u )

Special Passive Forms:

S 77 b. PERFECTIVE PASSIVE sQm(.wly)-J I iri(.wlv)'f

\lrThc }|-cnding occasionally appears with both weak and strong verbs; with weak vcrbs

one also finds thc ending i!. However, as a rule, no ending is written.


l l lac inf . : i r i , , to do,, : , t ) . i r i , , , r . ) i . i r i .w, , , , . iJ i l i r i .y

rdi "to givc": a t rQi, : , tit

rq!i.w, ; ill rdi'y

Usage:

The perfcctive Passivc sdm(.wly)4 appears prcdominantly in advcrbial subordinate

clauses with a nominal subjcct; with a pronominal subject the Old Pcrfcctivc ($ Bl) is

uscd. Howcver, it also occurs in main clauscs aftcr particlcs and in thc Emphatic

Construction.

In main clauscs:

T;r: jf\ i - l irt:: ' " )lr i i i *- i" l l . , ", l ' l ; 'r i :1. -m=k wd(w)sw(b=k(\743) pi r)-pr.w n.y )hL.v,rdi(.w) n=k hmw.w r n.t-' 'w=f "Bchold, it has bcen

commandccl that you rcstorc (lit.: purify) this temple of Abydos. Craftsmcn have bcen

assigncd (lit.: given) to you to organise it."

Thc following scntencc contains thrcc examplcs of this form: thc first occurs in an

Emphatic Construction in a main clausc, thc follo'rving two in subordinate clauscs:

; ; i l i j , \[ ' ,Vl -[1. Lri ' i , i l l l : '- ] l i l"-l^*i l-*i '1 i i t l l r l i i**i i-,)r|,.,,, ' ,, ' ir*\\Lli l i l,di.y rrt.*i(=i) m hw.t-nyr m lms(.w) n(.y) nlr cl smn n=sn wch.lt smn! p)'wt=sn m s!

"(My) statues wcre placcd in thc temple in thc following of the grcat god, offerings

having been establishcd for them, their offering bread having bcen fixcd in writing."

fhqq$t' \\1 i, * (3 ( | * l\: , 'r ') ,,r i.y=i m lt i.t-sp I n(.t) s) RC.w'tmn.w-m'ht't "rwas born in ycar I of the Son of Re, Amcnemhet." (Emphatic construction)

Verb - Passive Forms 47

In subordinate clauses:

,,* \ *- $ $' .: N Y .i-.1 - - ".] l'i, l\ H * (; \\ *'='- l. )^l 1)* i;\ b $ S.< $ " ' ri-1 '-" il.liä ti) I *- -" imi !1sf.rw n=f rn i)w.t rJ' n.t hw.t-

nlr m sl n sl iwc n iwc pt!t(.w; t$st) 7,t tl nhm.w'k.w=f df wcb.w=f "Let that templeoffice be taken from him from son to son and heir to heir, they (the heirs) bcing cast tothc ground (i.c. deprived of their offices), his income and thc title deed of his meat-offering having been confiscated."

.\ote: l. The Old Perfective ($ 8l) is used wherc the subject is pronominal.

2. lfthe logical subjcct is expresscd, it is introduccd by il- "by" (cp. ö 79, lastcxample).

c. PASSIVE sim.r=f I iri.yt=J' $ 78

Form of the weak stcm:

I l lac inf . :,., l l ,.ifi ili l ",il

Usage:

This fonn is thc passivc cquivalent of thc fonn sQm.t=J' (S 73). Thc following scntcncc

contains an cxample of each:

i i - -^- f i l l ]11..!1,1 -^-l i , , I !1pr.n=k n msi.yt rmte) rt ftpr.t ntr.w ,,you

came into bcing beforc humankind was born, beforc thc gods camc into bcing."

d. FUTURE PASSIVE simm=fl iri.w-J S 79

This is an Old Egyptian form. It is largcly rcplaced by forms of thc rw-Passivc ($ 76).In Middle Egyptian it is found almost cxclusivcly in archaic or archaising rcligioustcxs, in particular thc Coffin Tcxts. It is charactcriscd by thc gemination of the lastradical of thc strong vcrbs (except for causatives); the fonniri.w=J'is found with bothwcak and causativc vcrbs.

i ' ^ '

\ ) ' " ' / l , ] i l : i r .w** " f i i * ' ' l l l r , . . , ippNN pnhrmsf ;n . r "o (you)s i len toncs! This NN will bc examined upon the birthing stool."

: s A i o )

j ,.r\ - !'. .1, ' rdi(.w) 11=J'ck.w=s "Its (thc office's) income will be given to him."

iri "to do"

msi "to bcar"

iri.yt

,rsi.yr (alsof,nl ' ;


Negation with -"- rl:

*^_.:, : :Xi,rf *i i , i l-^_l\ T\ ]\, uif i i* i\ l ' '_i}, ' ' n bf,=i in sw nJmm=i in lkr.w "I will not be grasped by Shu,I will not be grasped by the earth-gods."

S S0 3. THE CONTINGENT TENSES sy'm.inJ, s/m'!r{, sdm'kt4

Form:n ( )

Thc clemcnt \* i4,

Usage:

Thcsc verb forms only appcar in main clauscs. Thc activity cxpresscd is conditional on

a prcvious action.

a. CONTINGENT PERFECT sdm.in4 "Now/thcn hc hcard "'"

Oftcn found in narrativc tcxts:

The cloqucnt pcasant was bcatcn and bcgan to cry loudly:

, l i i1*-.$i:4)!i '*. \ lr.,,tt:r. ' i l , ' l ' l l . 'r i ' ir ' ' ir lr l , l t l tt. in Nntr.y-nftt pn m k)i f irw-k

sfi./y "Thcn this Ncrnty-nakht said: 'Do not raisc your voicc, peasant!"'

Ncrnty-nakht says to thc pcasant: "Watch out, pcasant, lcst you trcad on rny clothingl

, 1ii*--i l i l i . l ; i i*.,, i i i ; i i l i i ,, l i i l ' " etd.in s!1.ry ptt it ' i .y=i hsi.r=r'(5 r{te) 16"nth is pcasant said: ' [ wi l l do what you wi l l praisc!" '

King Khufu corntnands that thc lcctor pricst Djcdi bc brought to him and thcn hc

h i rnsc l fgocs in to rhcaud icnccchamber : o i i - . ' . | , : - , i i i i f l y l s t l . i t l tw 'n= f 'Dc t i "Thcn

Djcdi was ushcrcd in to hirn ..." (rr'r-Passivc)

b. CONTINCENT AORIST scJm.!1r-J "Thcn hc hcars "'"

Thc pcrson for whom a particular ritual is performed: "hc is powcrful amongst the

go, l r , , . .= . ( ) . - - ' . . ! l - ' , j j l i ] t i \ * wnn. !1 r -Jmi ,y tc im=snthenhe is l i kconcof thcm."

sQm.lrJ oftcn fbllows a conditional clausc introduced by ) ir' ($ I 3 I ):

1] 'l)',,]db' äf 1iii ,'L ;,. swi-J mw stp.br=l' "If he drinks water, then hechokes."

i ' \

7rr', s1 ': Ä kl appears bctwccn stcm and subject.

Th

ThfL -3

l ) t :I r l :t h cthc

Th

" l s

s e l

Verb - Conlinpent Tenses 49

The construction !1r-J sQmy'has the same meaning:

The deceased has successfully passed onc of the gates of thc netherworld: "Thcn hercaches another gate. He finds the two sisters standing there.

I ( ) . i l * ._ j i t t , l i l

- , _\ .

l l * : , . . l * : . , , , t l_ . - , , , , , * , \ *^- - l l *

dd.hr=sn n=f mi sn=n tw hr=sn !c=stt Ir.t hnc sp.ty n.t ltm rn.w=snThcn they say to him, 'comc, that wc may kiss you!' Then thcy cut off thc nose andlips of him who docs not know their names."

c. CONTINGENT FUTURE sQm.k)=l ' "Thcn he wi l l / should hcar . . . "(cxprcsscs conscquencc):

In a tornb inscription thc visitors to thc tornb arc callcd on to ntakc an offcring to thctornb owncr frorn what thcy mav havc with thcrn:

"lt ' you havc nothing with you, I l-!i lr ---- ' i i,

.s h o u l d s a y . . . "

Thc dcccased says: "lfyou do not

. . / \ . ; [ , , r i i l { - , . , , : ; i i

i;t ̂ . ;),lriiili., ,ii *.i

pri .B HCpy r p.t cnh=f'm nt)..th l i .k) ( i ) r=f 'RC.w r ntw'n!=f m rm.wthcn Hapy wil l go forth to thc sky, that hc may livc off Maat,thcn Rc wil l dcsccnd to thc watcr, that hc may livc ofTfish."

Thc construcliors l1l=J scJm=fI k) s{m=f havc thc samc rncaning:

"May you clo as l say. ' i ; l :t,, ' :

' i" ' , lrt ' ] ' kl htp Mlc.t r s.t=s Thcn

Maat wil l rcst in hcr placc."

"ls it a Nubian? '['l]!--*

i,^.i

sclvcs." (' ' \\:jil ro,' " lil.,

..." dd.kl=tn nt rl=ttt thcn you

Ict mc cscapc froln nry cncrnics.

, . . l i t = - l , i - , -- . i i . \ . i r . . : l )

) v _ l \ \ \

- i / ,

. ,, -"- '

kl ir i-n mk.t=rt Thcn wc wil l protcct our-

$ 37) .


ovoRvtEw oF FORMS - SrBir'rs oF THE WEAK VERBS (rtcrtvr volcE)

TnBLB I - Weak vcrb: stems of the verb lbrms (active voice)

NotesI Nonrinal vcrb 1iln.u (s\ 7l ' l ) '2 Vcrbal vcrb lomr ($ 7l '2)'t So,',.tc I l lac inf-. vcrbs have a -N'cnding with a tloun subjcct'

t oftc't notniual u.,u ru' 't.,- ' 'Ä'i t ' I j ; rcgja'ly l ir l lows ncgation a rr ($5s 7l 3; 138)'

, oft",., vcrbar vcrb r,,,r," '" i- ' ' ,ci i t(u r.äl .ni tbrm oi', 'ei i in pcrformativc statcmcuts (s 7l '4)

Old Perfective 51

5) oLD PERTECTIVE (also called "Stative", "Qualitative" or "pseudo-participlc")

Forms and rvritings of the endings:

Forms Writinsssg. l .c. .Äw (older form .fti)

2.c. . t t

3.m.

3.f.

.ll'

.ri(oftcn not writtcn;

pl. 1.c. .Wt!"17, ir ' (both rarclv attcstcd)

2.c. . tu 'ny

3.m./c. .w (sornctirncs .y)

du. 2.c. . f i i 'ny

3.m.

3.f.

.11y

.ty i

lYote: Thc cndings ir ', i ' and (for rl) arc writtcn bcforc thc dctcnninativc, thc othcrsaftcr. Thc cnding cannot bc scparatcd frorn thc vcrb stcrn by any othcr clcrncnt. Thcrcis also a rarcly-uscd cncling i 1ri; for thc 3rclpcrson pl. fcm.


$81

l lac gcrn.:

I I Iac inl- . :

lrrcgular:

" to bc cool"

" to dcsccnd"

"to do"

" to comg"

"to give"

kb.ri

h t i .kw,

iri.ku,

iu,i.ti

iyi ku'

rqli.kw

di.kw


Usage:

l. The old Perfective is partly used as a perfect tense, partly as a Stative (expressing a statc)'

2. Transitive Vcrbs:

o In Middle Egyptian thc old Perfcctive of transitivc vcrbs usually has passiue mcaning:

I n t h e i n s t r u c t i o n s t o t h e v i z i c r a m c s s c n g c r i s c l i r e c t e d t o i n t r o d u c c h i s m e s s a g e

as fol lows: rLl r l ' " \ \ \ ' r , ' , r r ' '^* ' i i i : : : - i i i h lh.kv' m t tpw, n( ' t ) sr ntn " I have

bcen sent with a message of thc official so-and-so'"

o A c t i v e u s a g c w i t h t r a n s i t i v c v c r b s i s r a r c , o n l y l . f i ' ' t o l c a r n / k n o w ' ' i s r c g u l a r l y

uscd in this way: r : " t i ' ] ' ! " ' l ' - . " l ' " . t '

r !1 'ku' i l t=s n i . rr( 'w') t \qe) ' t -n 1O 1; " l

kncw that it (usticc) is bcncficial for thc onc who docs it on carth'"

3. IndePcndcnt Usagc:

I n a t n a i n c l a u s c t h c o l c l P c r f - c c t i v c i s u s c c l i n d c p c n c l c n t l y ' i ' c . w i t h o u t a p r c c c d i n gpart ic lc, only in thc l 'st pcrson' This. isân Old l lgypt ian usagc in which thc Old

i'crfcctive functions as an aclive Historic Pcrl-cct:

.1, . , , i l - , , , \ . , , i l , i \ . , , i ;1, , ;1i ,

-- i : . , ' r . . . , : ' ' l ' ) i l l ' rc. l i .k i in ' r (s7s2) g!)nr.w n( 'v ' ) l . tu 'n 'w

nfi.w "Icausccl that a troop of young mcn conlc "'"

Sinuhc rccounts: "This rulcr confcrrcd with rnc' t ' l

q/r/ A'i I saicl "'"

othcrwisc, in main crauscs i t only appcars in a conplcx vcrb Fonn (g$ 91c,95'2) '

4. In subordinatc clauscs:

Thc Old Pcrfoctivc is rnainly uscd in subordinatc clattscs'

Thc shipwrc.f ." . r ,ui fo""to '" ' ' ' . . - ; i l ' ' '

' " ' ' ' ' ; ' ; i i i r i ' rv i hnt ' 'w 3 wci 'kw"I

spcnt threc clays, I bcing alonc'" (Stativc)

Sinuhc is tolcl: "A funcrary proccssion will bc mlclc 13r Y?' -".1

thc d'av "'.0":t"],' l:

i nncr co f f in o l 'ge tc l . ( i t s ) hcad o f lap is lazu l i . ' ' i l l ' ' t h t ' k 4 t ' t \ t )

m mstp.tthc sky/ncavcn uuou" y,,u, yo,, hauing bccn placcd on thc bicr." (Stativc)

Incni adclrcsscs thc readcrs of his biograpliy: "May yo.u 9bt:y" 1ly*9,lolitics, do thc likc

thcrcof; (it) will bc bencficial for you, ;. i l l-i ' .*'i ' i ' )j ' ' l i '"l l

'"t ' l '" w)h cn!t=1n tp ti

wQllwnyyour lit-e will endure on carth' you being prosperous" '" (Stative)

Inlrnutve )5

-1i - .,\ -- ll l

\ -Yf I F ,', I .. gmi.n=i sw r!(.w) s/ "I found him, he already knowing it."Stative)

5. As an advcrbial predicate in the Pscudo-verbal Construction ($$ 8G88).

6. In wishes:.n the 2nd and 3rd pcrson the Old Perfcctivc can be used to cxprcss a wish:

' i t i l l' , - i ' ' . ; -

) ' t I iyi.t i n =l "You are come to me", i.e. "Welcome!"i ) f

ln the sct phrasc -i

.11, 'nb( w) wdl( w) snh(.w) "May hc livc, prosper and bc healthy!"

F.',,.r.:f l , i l t l l cn!1.ti w8t.ri snb.ti

" ) INFINIT IVE

Forms:

\\' ithout ending:

3-radical: sdm

IIac gem.: khb

2-radicalr : nn

4-radical: w,sttl

causative 3-radical: {nb

I Exccption: Thc 2-radical vcrb

r-ending:

causativc 2-radical

lVae inf.: m)wy ):

hmsi.t ii

.;' 't')\ "to hcar"

,f jl I liiä ,,to bc cool,,

"to rcmain"tl ' I

"-* ^ "to stricle"

l . ! t . r , " t o v i v i f y "

ljrr i,)\ /j .fill "to go" has thc /-ending: .fn./

$82

smn.l ' "to makc [irm"

t-ending or (infrequenQ without ending:

lIIae inf .: hli.t )r' , -ar "to fall" (l-ending prcdorninant)

bdi ,i) -,'L "to traveldownstrcam" (also /rty tr,[.)\ "to

seek" and tri --îl,lil ",o become old")

"to bc ncw"

"to si t"

[ \Ltvt


Irregular:

Thc in f ' rn i t i vc isanomina l fo rmof thcvcrbandassuch i tSharcs tnanyof thccharac-tcr ist ics of nouns' c 'g ' i t can bc l" l l : .*"9 !1, . ,1.^t : l t tx-pronoun

to cxprcss

p o s s c s s i o n ( $ 2 8 . 1 ) , i t i a n f o n n p a r t o f a d i r c c t g c n i t i v c c o n s t r u c t i o n ( s l 8 ) a n d c a ni..u" u. thc objcct ofccrtain vcrbs'

A) SUBJECT AND OBJECT OF THE, INFINITIVI]

$ 83 l . Subjcct

a. introduccd bY ''; '- ... irl "bY":

, : , r 1 l , i ; , , ' . i ; " i t * - - i r ' , , t r . v / i . r s ) ! r . w , i n t t r . r - - t t l h ( . t ) " R c c i t i n g o f t r a n s f i g u r a t i o n s b y

thc lcctor Pricst'"

b . l f thcsub jcc t i spronomina l 'an inc lcpcndcntpcrsona lpronoun isuscd(S26) :

i - . ' - , , i t - , , . , . r : l r l l - . . . l . t t f pr i ' t i l tst t nt-sl t ' rm-kl4' "" ' togcthcr with thcir

going forth bchind his ka-pricst'"

j t , l l i i , - t , . . i j , . r l i1 i ' u, i i i ; i ! nr t l t l st nrf r-y,s. i t ' .y- .r . {nr " through his saying

it in thc p'"'"*t of thc official" ('rr clcpcnclcnt pronoun objcct)

c. ln thc casc of inlransilivevcrbs, thc subjcct somctilncs appcars cithcr as a suffix-

.-. \ I , ,-A' i',')

' , m pri.t=.f tp.t "at his first going fbrth"

pronoun: r '

' -" ' ^"^" " ' - ' ' ' m pt ' i ' t 'T ' f l " l l t thc goingor as a noun in a clircct gcnitivc constructton: ' ' rl

forth of thc sem-Pricst'"

d . W i t l r t r q n s i t i v e v c r b s , t h c c l i r c c t g c n i t i v c c o n s t r u c t i o n i s o n l y p o s s i b l c i f b o t hsubjcct and objcct arc cxPrcsscd:

Subjcct and objcct both nouns:

,t,.,-\' rdi.t Mn!'w /3'wy "Month's giving the two lands'"

"to do"

"to givc"

"to comc"

"to bring, fctch"

I n l t n r l w e ) 5

.. subject and object arc both pronouns, the subject appears as a suffix-pronoun, thertcct as a dependent personal pronoun:

i ,\i '- .- ti

rQi.t4 sv,r it-.y p(.t hlt.y-(.w,,,His appointing hirn as princc,: :d Count."

l , Objcct $ 84-:lc

infinitivc is a nominal fonn of thc vcrb, thcreforc the objcct of thc verbal contcnt: 'a transi t ivc vcrb is attachcd to thc inf ini t ivc as a gcnit ivc; i f thc objcct is pro-

r,rninal, it usually appcars as a suffix-pronoun: ;.r r )i; ' l | ');D iyi.n=i hr tnrs=f. carnc following hirn."

:.'.tcption: thc dependcnt pcrsonal pronoun ,' .r/ (S 27) stands for thc ncutral ',it" or' .. ' 3rd pcrson plural.

--'ss ficqucntly, if thc sub.jcct fbllows thc infinitivc as a noun, an indcpcndcnt personali'r'trlloul-l or a suffix-pronoun, thc objcct can takc thc fonn of a noun or clcpcndcnt:-- ' rsonal pronoun (scc abovc $ 83 d).', ( )RD otlDER: suffix-pronoun, dcpcnclcnt pronoun, inclcpcndcnt pronoun, noun ({ I l7)

, USACE OF TFIE INFINITIVE $ g5

l. . \s thc ob-jcct of ccrtain vcrbs, such a" l l r l " to colr lnand,, , r / i , , to causc,, , nt l ) , , , to--'.-". ru'l "to wish",.fi "dctcrrninc, cornr.nand".

- ll i i- .i l i, ' ^l-. w,Q hnt-J schc w,cl ptt "His Majcsty cornrnandcd ($72) thc-:r 'ct ion of this inscr ipt ion."

l . Fol lowing prcposit ions, c.g.:

l l r + inf . : Cornplcx Aorist I I accompanying circurnstancc, "whi lc", { 93nt -l inf.: Progrcssivc with vcrbs of movcmcnt in placc of hr + infinitivcr f inf.: purposc, futurc

ü.li -l- inl.: "at thc tirnc o1, whcn"nr-ht + inf.: "aftcr"

, ^ --1. Following -.-". nn "without" (ö{ 136c, l43b)

J. In rccords of cxpcditions and military campaigns in "tclcgraph stylc" to sct thc scenc of.rn cvent (scc also cxamplc 2 in ö 138):

esty: I\ i;:*- i * \ " l."1 ̂\\': 'il-.

,5 , i : ,1 t . j t l^ i ! . ' r I ) ,q . . : . [ 'o , .? ]<t t i ' ^ -^ t i i i i t l l

s86


i l , ir,. ' ' i l . ,,*t.#- ',*I\-

tr\ r 'L:. '-,-*-.,+-: hti.t n=f in c.wt !/s.wt iwi't

i nghs . tbk j . th r !m. th r=sr rmt 'whf th r ' s iw i r . t y=shrmjhrs ]s ] .nnCn=sh]=srSpr -Sry'w pn Sps r inr pn iwf Ä 5.1'S n'ipn'n('y) nb-'nb pn The dcscending to him of game of

the hill country, thc coming of a pregnant gazcilc, walking (with) its facc towards the

people in front of it, li. "VEs

toot infstraight ahcad without its looking behind it until

its arrival at this spteniid rock, at this stone, it being in its (original) position,

( d e t e r m i n e d ) f o r t h i s l i d o f t h i s s a r c o p h a g u s . ' ' ( T h e t e x t t h e n c o n t i n u e s w i t h t h cnarrativc forms $ I l3 und S 95'3)'

j ; l i , , . i ] - \ ' .1, ,4 ' , , iS"" !* , , ' I ' 'J . ' 1, , , ' : . " 'z ' ' i i ' '

i t in , . t r " " ' r t : ; ' "1 i . + i ( ) . \ : " ) " ' .

- . , . ' , ' ' , . ' t i ' " ' i i " ' : i ' i f ' l

i ] . i i 'u, ' , . ' . ' i ) \ , t ' ; , - , l i l j i l - m-l3t nnv,Q) r Rl2w r ic i . r ih=.f üt hß.u'r sprohnl l

rNhrng,mi . thm=. f ' cnh( 'w)v 'd l ( 'w)snb( 'w) l r 'wpf lsJskww'n ' in1121=f l r - l ' i ' 1 ( \e ' { \ ' f t j ' r.J.t im-stt,,Aftcr this-(ihcNubiun.un'paign): Dcparting to Rctcnu in ordcr to vent his

wrath throug1rout t6" io.cign lands; uiriuat'of his Majcsty at Naharin; His Majcsty's

finding - lnay hc livc, bc -prosperous

and hcalthy - that cncmy; his opcning battlc'

ThcnHisMajcs tymadcagrca ts laughteramongst thc ln . ' ' (Thcaccountcont inucs innarrativc stYlc).

5. As a caPtion

AccompanYing a scenc in a totnb:

t,, 'N.::; l ; l , ' , ,,,,ü i -*lt i i , i .r i i .-^--l. .,.,,r,--- ir jf:,;q stlmlt ih.nri h(.u'\

n f r m i n . w n ( . w ) s b . w t t l - m h ' w ' i n v ' n u ' ' t ( y ) ' l m n ' w s ' f N l r r " D i s t r a c t i n g t h c h c a r t ( i ' c 'tak ingrccrca t ion) , Iook ingat thcbcautyo f thcproduc tso f thc f i c ldso fLowcrEgyptby th! hour watchcr of Amun, thc scribc Nakht'"

ln thc t i t lc of a book'

;; i;:\ .' '

\ ' , t pri.t nt hrw(.w),,Going forth by day" (titlc of thc Book of thc Dcad).

7) THE PSEUDO-VERBAL CONSTRUCTION

P s e u d o - v e r b a l C o n s t r u c t i o n i s t h c t c r m u s c d f o r t h o s c s c n t c n c c s w h i c h h a v c a spredicatc eithcr (1) an old Perfectivc or (2) an infinitivc following thc prcpositions ftr'

nl or r. From a syntactic point of vie*, ihes" sentcnces arc Advcrbial Scntcnccs of

type 2 ($ 44).

They belong to thc group of Complcx Vcrb Forms ($ 89f0' and some replacc ccrtarn

other verb fonns, c.g.

Pseudo-verbal Construction 5l

l. iw{ Ltrlm sQm (: complex Aorist II / progressive, $ 93) - mainly progressive inmcaning; can be uscd in place of the Complex Aorist I iw() sQm_-ff S qZ)

-

2. iw'J r sdm (: complex Future, s 94) - the commonly used future; can replace theFuture (Prospective) selm4 6 j4.

a) PREDICATE

l. Old Perfectivc:

a. with transitive verbs with passivc meaning (cxccption: r.! "to know", $ g l.2)b. with vcrbs of movcmcnt - focus on rcsulting situationc. with adjcctive-vcrbs - describcs a statc or condition (Stativc)

2- hr +inf ini t ivc: complcx Aorist | I / progrcssive Q g6 (m + inf .g 93, r+ inf . g 94)a. with transitivc vcrbs with activc rncaning

b. with vcrbs of movcmcnt - inficqucnt, usualry cxprcssccl by m + inf. ($ 93)c. with adjcctivc-vcrbs

d. with intransitivc vcrbs which cxprcss an action ("to spcak" etc.)Examplcs:

l.a. ; ";') i '- ' ' ,i ir

"

hlt.t rdi.t(i) hr tl "Thcbow-warp has bccn praccd on rarrd.',

b. i,l l '

-i\ mtc pri(.w) "Thc arrny has gonc forth (and is now in thc flcld).,,

c. t)'

, ' 'rio \i" ! ih-J )wi(.v,) ,,His hcart is widc (i.c. joyful).,,

2.a- tr \i;t ] ] i" ,,, ' l

i i [i iw nt.rc pn rrr mi] "This anny watchccr.', (progrcssivc)' ! . t

" I i , . i1 i f i ; . . . i_- l i l " , . r : : i j i t l '1, , , i r , , f

t , , .wnmt. . . hr t ,sr i {$3s)hnk.t "he atc brcad ... and drank bccr." (Complcx Aorist II)

b . ' i \ l t i t ' o l l , , i , , ^ j l \ lL ' t , i t ' i

i r y= i h r s !1s ! n t -s t=s hr rd .wy , , l ran a f tc rhcr (the marc) on foot." (progrcssivc)

c. ii l )\ '.,; '11 ,' ' j;. ' ti l ' l] ihw hr mrwi "Fceblcncss is rcncwed,,, (progrcssivc)

d. j\: ; :i' )ji T'. ' jjl. " m=kwi hr spr n=k"Loolq lappcal royou!', (progressive)

Note: Thc infinitive q1d is often not writtcn after hr: t,

ia it ,; 'oi, h, nt t ,

nh=n pw "Evcryonc (says), 'Hc is our lord."'

$87


s ss b) suBJECr

l f thePscudo.vcrba lConst ruc t ion fo tmsan indcpendentmainc lause, thcn thepro-nominal sublect must be supported uv

" p"rii.r".or an auxiliary verb; these can also bc

fi.r.nt whcn the subject is a noun (cp' $$ 43' 44)' e'g':

1. Thc Part ic lc iw:

i, 'i:' iji il.,' ' il ,

' iu'=l ltp 'kw "r am laden'"

, \. i,rl* \, ' , i:)r ,:i ti,,.|.,, - iv' nlr prt wc-!l('w) m l.ttp "This gocl sct out in pcacc'"

( Insubord ina tcc lauscs thcpar t i c lc iw ison lyusec lw i thapronomina lsub jcc t ;s46b) .

2. Thc particlc rr'Ä (with a depcndcnt pronoun r 27):

'i;. ' , 't i),i i 1' '

i";:: '. , m=k vri hr spr n=Ä "Bchold' I appcal to you!"

.ilr, , ;.rr o, il tl .on bc uscd hkc m-k (5 37)'

3. Thc ruxi l iury vcrb N'r tr t or t l t t i r t :

^. v 'nn / | Pscudo-vcrbal Construct ion - cxprcsscs futurc:

:-: ;{ '- 1,' . .,

')i:, '; i i , '

- ,, u'rtn-i v'c.!'.kv' hnc=k "l will bc judgcd with you (i'c' appcar

bcforc thc court)."

ls. v,n.in=l'* Pscudo-vcrbal Construction - tnarks clctncnts

i : - - " j - . i l -

l t ' , , ' l l t t "

I - '

v 'n . in=st t hr rq l i ' t s t hr

thcmsclvcs uPon thcir bcll ics'"

i - - i : - r ' i ' - . - , , i l j l i ' - ' t . i i ' l i : : - . v ' r t ' i t t ih n 'y trn=f Ab(u') "Thcn thc hcart of His

Majcsty bccamc cool (i 'c' was joyful)'"

or auxiliary vcrbs. ThcY lonl

in a scqucncc ofcvcnts:

h.w, t -sn "Thcn thcY thrcw

$ s9 8) COMPLEX VERB FORMS

Complcx Verb Fonns arc thosc introduccd by particlcs

mainc lauscs tha ts tanc la t t hcbcg inn ingo fascn tcncc .

$ 90 a) INTRODUCED BY THE PARTICLE li lu'

in,introduccs clauscs which contain a statemcnt ("lt is thc casc that "'")' lt:::1* "'

the bcginning of an account, ln.ont.u.t i-o ch(.n, which introduccs a ncw section of

nurruti"u. wit[in a longcr account ($ 95)'

Complex Verb Forms 59

1. PRESENTPERFECT S 91

a. iw -f sdm.n4 "he (has) hcard" - fonned predominantly with transitive verbs, nevcrrvith verbs of movement (in placc of which in,+ Old Pcrfcctivc - scc $ 9l c).

In an "ideal autobiography":

, . . l . j l ' X i i l l t i l i . l [ - \ ) : l i ) , 1 ' i , r ) i . n ( = i ) r n h k r h h s . w t t | B w l y , , t h a v c g i v c nbrcad to the hungry and clothing to the nakcd."

In a sequcncc of activitics of an official at thc annual fcstival of Osiris in Abydos

(prcsumably hc regularly took part): ' l

| -.1a1;" i "r

ji l i;i1i,' ' ' " ,i i l i lL -

, t

tq':.. ',,, ,i-' -**liril) iv, etsr.n=i w,l.v,t tl lr r nt.ltc.t4. bnt.(:,)t pkr iw ntJ.rt=i

Wnn-nfr hrw.w pf n(.y) chl cl "I clcarcd thc way of thc god to his tornb which is intiont of Pckcr. I protectcd Wcnncfcr (on) that day of thc grcat battlc."

Thc scrvant Irisu writcs to his rnastcr Si-ka-iunu: "Thc ovcrsccr hnpy said to rnc:

' )11' -. ii iw, rQi.n=i n-J hsh -J 'l havc givcn hirn thrcc workcrs'."

b. iw + Passivc s/m(.v,)'J "hc has bccn lrcard"' r ' ; ' -"- '

), , ) \ l l 'i ') ' . ,, \ ' ,,; ' ' iw, r4i .w, n=k !lw, "Air has bccn givcn to you."

c. i u' + Old Pcrfcctir" ' iy,-J iyi.w, "hc catnc/has cornu" _- prcdominantly withintransitivc vcrbs and vcrbs of nrovcmcnt (scc $ 9la).

At thc start of a biography:"Thc trcasurcr and solc companion, caravan lcadcr and troop cornmandcr Intcf says:

. ( ) ' , , \ i i i j , - l -

i * -

, ,, l l ir i . ,. i :- u NN iv,!rdi.k(w,) !ttt i .k(w,) hn( NN 'l travcllcd downstrcarnand upstrcarn with NN ... ' "

l. COMPLEX AORIST l: iw(-,|) s4m4 "hc can hcar/hears" $ 92

This fonn is uscd for gcncrally acccptcd statcmcnts, c.g. in a provcrbial saying:jli * ir: -- ,r L):, ' ' * ; i i ' f - ) , \* \ \ . I ) i ' iwr)n(.y)sinhm-J'sw "Thcrnouth( i .c. thewords)of

a Inan rcscuc him."

3. COMPLEX AORIST II or PROGRESSIVE: iw4'hrlm sQnt "he hcars/is hcaring" S 93

Frorn a formal vicwpoint, thcsc constructions bclong to the so-callcd Pscudo-vcrbalConstructions ($$ 8G-88). Thcy are used for incornplctc actions or to dcscribe a statcor condition.


Note the following distinctions:

a. with transitive verbs: iw-J hr sQm "he hears / is hearing"

b. with intransitive verbs of movenlent: iw'J m iwi .t "he comes / is coming"

c. with intransitive adjcctive-vcrbs: iu'Jhmsi.w (old Perfcctive $ 8l) "hc sits"

Examples:

a. iw=f * hr + infinitive

i ; i ; . i j i ' ? * . . \ , : l ; i i i i j i . . i i $ . i in - * '1 , , . ! i iw ,= ih r rQ i . tp ty= imtyn( .v )s tns t= i' ; l giuc my (office of) controllcr of a (priestly) phylc to my son'"

b. iv,-J + ln + infinitive (always Progrcssive)

", , , .1î l , r . : i . t : i , ' , , t i . , ) : Äi i i - , , gmi.n- i f t f i .w,pw iw=f m iy i . t " l d iscovercd i t

was a snake cotning."

,,Hc found him going out of thc door of his housc." (Hcrc thc forrn is embcddcd in a

vcrbal slausc whosc ouicct "y,, "hill l", scrvcs as the subjcct of thc complcx Aorist II,

i.e . stands in Placc of iw=.f'.)

c . iu ' l ' l O ld Pcr fcc t i vc

i l ' . . \ . ,i l i r ' r . ' ; ' t I f ?' l )" :r. -/J\ i l

lcgs."

, iv'=k u'r'./(i) "You arc grcat."

, ' i ' i '

iw=s t3l!1.ti ftr ,d.v'y-s "She (the rnare) was swift on her

S 94 4. COMPLEX FUTURE iw4'r sr|m "hc will hcar"

From a fonnal point of vicw, this construction also bclongs to thc Pscudo-vcrbal con-

structions ($ 86, scc also $ 85'2)'

L1f i . , i , . - , , f l i l l , r , \Xl l , i ; , .1 , iw dp.t r iy i . t m hnv,"A ship wi l l comc from thc

rcsidcncc."

$ 95 b) TNTRODUCED By THE AUXTLTARY VERB Fa,h,.n

With certain vcrb forms, c/rc.n forms "narrativc forms" which mark the beginning of a

new scction of narrativc within a longcr passage ($ 90)'

| . (hC. t t+PERI . .ECTs ln t .n .J ($71) -predominant lyw i th t rans i t i vcvcrbs

Complex Verb Forms 6l

Then Isis said to these gods, 'Why then have we come, if not to do marvels for these;hildren, that we may give an account to their father, who sent us?'

- .] i l i l)!*- ' ' lc

') .. ' ' ] \t i , l i l chc.n msi.n.sn h..w, 3 n.y nb ,nb(w)

. qll(.u) snb(.w) Then they formed three crowns (lit.: diadems of a lord), may he livc,:r-ospcr and be healthy!"

l. 'h'.n + OLD PERFECTIVE (S 8l) mostly with intransitivc verbs and verbs of:--iovcmcnt

. hc ovcrseer Hcnu says thc king scnt him to Punt:

' "..1 ..4.

t i l ' i ;,1.. \,.. ' I ./,..n pt.i]w m Gbtyw,,Thcn I sct out from Coptos., '

3. cl.rc.rr + PERFECTIVE PASSIVE srln(.wly)4 ß 77)' ' \ 'hi lc

thc mctnbcrs of an expcdition watch, a gazcllc givcs birth on a block of stonc.r hich thc cxpcdition is to quarry.

*i- , t,, i ' '{f, ' ' ] l ,r l l '4'., !c.w rtltb.t=s "Thcn its throat was cut (and it was

. lcr i f iccd) . "

1. ' l .tc.rt + (HISTORIC) PERFECT sclm=f (g 72)'

- i ' ' ) ) ' ) t J ; ' , - , h r . , , r r J i = f w i m r t = f " T h c n i t ( t h c s n a k c ) p u t r n c i n i t s

nrot t th . "

; t INTRODUCED BY THE AUXILIARY n'l. i l (attcstcd only infrcqucntly)

'trr. in@ + (HISTORIC?) PERFECT sc_lmJ' has both contingcnt charactcr (g B0) andpropcrtics of thc Aorist (S 70) and is found in narrativc tcxts; thc idcntiry of thc sdm4'torrn is unccrtain.

Thc children of thc vizier rcad his tcaching and found that it was good.' j : - - , ] - i , l - l , . ' l l * ' t r i ;

l1- \ i i l " *1; ' , wt t . in (hc=.sn hnts i=sn hJ i ( .v , ) , ,Thcn thcy actcc l

l l i t . : s tood and sat) accordingly . "

Thc king was told of Sinuhc's situation:

t ' - ' . i i . h l1-." !1 ' tr oür),1"

' ' . w,n.in hnt4'htb4'tt=i f tr )w.t-c.w,,Thcn

His Majcsfy sent to mc with gifts."

$e6

62 Accidence qnd SvntcLr

$ 97 9) FINITE VERB FORMS INTRODUCED BY ln.ft AND lsr

a) m=K:THE PRESENTATIVE (S\ 37)

m=k attracts the attcntion of the pcrson addresscd and can introduce every vcrb form:

l. nr=A + PERFECT .sdm.n4 (\ 71)

il; i . ; ),.1 tt

.-,, i ' m=k ph.rt-rt f n.w "Bchold, we havc rcachcd the residencc!"

m=k can also prccede thc ncgative particlc "'"- n (s\$ 37,133):

j i r , i l , -^- i , . , ' ,1 ' , ' ,

^ - - - . . . i l . , ,= t n u,c l=t t t , tN r :s) ; r ' ; .1 mn. t i r .y "Bchold, onc has

not comrnandcd to do thc l ikc thercof."

2. nt=k + PERFECTIVE PASSIVE sslnr(.w,l1t)=.f ($ 77)

' i l lr" , i i l '

' ; ) j l nt=k ntsi(.u,) n=k l lrd.v,-l "Bchold, thrcc chilclrcn havc bccn

born to you."

b) THE PARTICLE l.r! (S 37) introduccs a clausc that providcs background inforrnatiorr

about thc action cxprcsscd in thc rnain clausc:

l . is1+ PERFECT seln.n=. / ' ($71)

My Majcsty cornrnands thc construction of thc tcrnplc ,of

Pjah,

Tcmcnos of rny lathcr Amun. . ., that hc ntay appcar in it . . . ' l ' l

which

. , . I .

\ : ,

is in thc.

),. I ii .lii'--.. i,,.,,] p':l) i,.r .; ';,, -.',, l i ,,,1r , i r;l

:" ' : i l

, ' '

.-..,. ' i , ..:., ' ' . j i ist ,qnri .rt l tnt=i ltw.t-n[r tn nt kcl nr r]h.t n,!t).n,

sb).v'y-5 n lrt n')i(.u') r u')slmli u'4! hnvi prl ls hr lm'.t-n1r ttt nt nt":y-'.t "Now, l l ly

Majcsty having fbuncl this tcrnplc built of bricks, thc colulnns and doors of wood lallcn

into ruin, my Majcsty clccrccs that thc cord bc strctchcd ovcr this tcrnplc Ancw."

2. is1 + PBIIFECTIVE PASSIVE selnr( .u, ly) .1. 'G 77)

Thc king has rctumcd in hastc to thc rcsiclcncc with his cntoLrragc without inlorrtt ing thc

anny. I l , ' .* , I , . i ,

i i i , ! is t h lh.v , r nts . r r r?. t ) , r " 'Mcanwhi lc , thc royal

childrcn had bccn scnt to, (onc of thcm was callcd out to as I stood ncarby ...)."

c) TEXT PASSAGII i l lust rat ing $$ 89-97

! li,' '.- .; ''r.,,. t -'

]- ,li I'iir.. ''i' , '

I , . , ,;ri ill ,

iw r Qi . n H r.w - nd- hr- i s-J\t') | ̂ \, ' r - - i . ' ; l : . .: : \ r ' i l t r . \ - -

Participles 63

rn hr=i r l lnw r ini.t Hr.w Nln l.tnc mw.t+ ls.t m)c.t hrw rQi.n-J(t7t2c) r, i m hr.y im(w)is.t is! grt r!.n--f ß e7 b' $ 7r'2c) (w,)i m sr mnl n.y hu:.t-ntr--f rs-tp hr sv,!ft).rt=fß r07) c|c.p=!

ldi .kw,($ e5 2) /?? ntl(w nfr tcti .n=i ($ 7l 2c) pr,'.r, N ln ltr ' .v'l'Gi) ltnc nm,.t4

"(Thc god) Harcndotus ordered me to the residcncc, in ordcr to fctch Horus of Nekhcnand his mothcr Isis, justificd. Hc appointcd mc (as) commander of a ship and crcw, hav-ing rccognised mc as an cfficicnt official of his temple, watchful ovcr that which hecommanded. Thereupon I travcllcd north with a good wind, having taken up Horus ofNekhcn and his mothcr in (my) anns (i.c. having takcn chargc of thcm)."

IO) PARTICIPLES

a) ITORMS:

Likc adjcctivcs, participlcs havc gender and numbcr with corrcsponding cndings.

Thcrc arc thrcc "tcnscs":a. lmpcr fcct ivc: for act ions that arc in progrcss, which arc rcpcatcd or which

occur rcgularly (corrcsponds to thc Aorist).b . P c r f c c t i v c : f o r a c t i o n s w h c r c t h c d u r a t i o n o f t h c a c t i o n i s n o t o f i r n p o r t a n c c ,

usual ly in thc past but a lso in thc prcscnt (c .g. in cpi thcts) .c . Prospcct ivc: for possib lc or cxpcctcd act ions; in passivc l ikc Lat in gcrundivc.

Thcrc arc both activc and passivc voicc.

l. Inrpcrfcctivc Participlc

Active Passivc

3-raclica I s(nr(.u,) sQnt.tt,

2-raclical 4d(..u') qld.v,

I l l a c i n f h | )( .u;1 nl l ' r .v '

l lac gcur . Äöh(. u ') nt j i .w ,

I t ' t irr(.u,) I rr .w,

rdi cld(u') dd.v,

iw, i ; iy i iyi( n ' )

Thc singular cnding -w is scldom writtcrr in thc activc, in thc passivc occasionally. A

full activc plural cncling -yr.r, is sornctirncs written: 'r i::.ril i] ,i "q1r,.y",,"thosc

who

lrcar"; othctwir" , ' ,\i ' l, i i mrr.(y)w "thosc who lovc" or only : ': u,ntt.(yw,)"thosc who

$e8

see

64 Accidence and SYntar

exist". In the passive plural only one lv is written, i'e' the writing of

singular and plural is idcntical. Feminine forms only have the -r ending:

Note'. gemination of the IIae gem. and Illae inf vcrbs'

2. Pcrfcctive ParticiPlc

Active Passive

3-radical \:,\ sdm sdm.w

2-radical a0 i ' r : . I cJd.w,; qldd.y

ll lae inf. j nln i r i jü i i i mri.y', mri.w

IIac gcm. \ . \ m i

t r l t r t l r t .))

rdi rdi r1i.y, r{i.1'r

tw, i t y t f '

:i ,rl , -x t l t ' l r y r

In thc passivc, in aclclit ion to thc fornqltl.w, thc bi-radical vcrbs show a furthcr lorm

with gcrnination: gtdd.y I t- lctd.v,.ln thc masculinc singular, thc IIIac inf. vcrbs usually

havc thc cncling l l; f. fn" plural cncling -w is solnctitncs writtcn in thc activc, scldorn

in thc passivc.

$ l 0 l 3. Prospcclivc P:rrl iciPlc

In Middlc Egyptian, thc active prospcctivc participlc is almost complctcly rcplaccd by

thc sdm.ty--fi-Fonn ($ I l2).

the passive

, o' Prr.t.

$ 100

Participles 65

b) USACE OF THE PARTICIPLE

1. Nominal usage: $ 102

a. As a noun: ';t i;;'j)t ,nr.r "one who hears/a hearcr"; oftcn with a dcterminativc:

,l " \ ll tt\

I'i hmsi.w "seatcd oncs" (perfective active plural "thosc who have seatctlthemsclves").

Note: Plural strokes arc wri t ten with fcmininc col lcct ives (g 16.51: i ) hpr. t"that which has happcned".

b. As a prcdicatc in a Norninal Scntcncc with an unstrcsscd subjcct ($ 50):

.' ', ' , )i.Yr ;' ink rüi pri si 2 tttp(.wy)(N 8l) "l aln onc who causcd two rncn to goforth satisfi cd." (pcrfcctivc activc)

. t ' , . i r lu . i i " i ; i i ' , " " i . . - - '

i l k r l cJ p r i . y s i 2 h tp ( .w1, ) n t p r i . v ,n .y-r)f' "l arl onc who causcs that two rncn dcpart satisficd with what wcnt forth from hisrnouth. " (irnpcrfcctivc activc)

2. Ädjectival usage: g 103

a. As an attributc, it agrccs with thc antcccdcnt in gcndcr and numbcr (cnclings notalways writtcn):

m. sg.: 11,,'. l j i '."r i '.,, '1'' s) sc-lm.v, "a son who hcars / a hcaring son,, (impcrfcctivc)

\ " . ' , r l i jy l l ' . , t , ,1 i i l i *

. A j l i l , rpw.ry t :ctct(w) !1nt i ( .w) r l tnw"thc mcsscngcr who (rcgularly) travels north or south to the Rcsidcncc".(without gramrnatical cnding, irnpcrfuctivc/gcmination)

rn.pl . : i i ' i . , ,1.1'1t | i . . , i i l ' ' i ' ^ . ntr .w wrn.yw m !ms.wJ' , , thc gods who arc

(rcgularly) in his following". (impcrfectivc plural)

| -' '

)1! ,ii'.1',).. i'"'

.', ,'t''l', ir.*,=i hpr(.r,) tlr-B.t ,,my fathcrs who existccl aforc-timcs". (without grammatical cnding, pcrfcctive plural)

f. sg.: ti ',

i ,,r \l\ ry.trl pri.t m rl ,,theuttcrancc which issucd forthfrorn the mouth". (pcrfectivc fcm.)

f. pl.: '^ )i ' N I \'. " ;i i .

"i.- gmh.wr prr.(w)t n-J "thc wicks which come

forth for him". (i mperfcctive/gcmi nation, fem. )

66 Accidence and Svntqx

b. As a predicate in an Adjectival Sentence ($ 56) and, like thosc adjectives, invariable:

f l \ ) ; , f \ \ . . . . ' ' l * t i shQ.w sw t) .wv r i rn "Heis one who i l lumines the Two

Lands more than thc sun." (i.e. "An illuminator of the Two Lands is he, more than the

sun.")

Note: Participles cannot bc used adverbially. In Egyptian, in an expression such as

"standing, he spoke", "standing" would be an Old Pcrfect ivc since i t expresscs a

state ($ 8l .4).

2. Thc pronominal object of a participle is expresscd by a depcndent pronoun:

l,ij j l i,, ' ,ti.r fi r,r i ' ' i.

smi nli 'n hth sw "one who rcported wcll for thc onc

who commissioned (scnt) him".

S 104 3. Bxtended Use of the Passive Participle (Relativc Construction without a Subject)

In English, a passivc participle can only function as an attributivc adjcctivc if thc noun

be ing dcscribcd (in thc following exarnplc "gold") is thc logical direct objcct of thc

vcrbal action of thc participlc (hcrc: "givc"): "thc givcn gold".

In Egyptian, thc passivc participlc is also uscd in this way: *t"t,i\

!n,,',1," *rh* drl.r'

"thc givcn gold"; hcrc, as in English, the antccedcnt "gold" is thc dircct objcct of thc

vcrb of thc participlc "givc".

Howcvcr, unlikc in E,nglish, thc parliciplc and thc antcccdcnt can havc a diffcrcnt

syntactic rclationship. For cxamplc, thc antcccdcnt can bc an inclirecl objcct (in thc

following cxarnplc rrsw "king"). Within thc construction which is dcpcndcnt uporr thc

passivc participlc (in thc following cxamplc thc phrasc dd.w n4,t64', "givctl to hirn

gold"), a rcsumptivc pronoun (l' in thc prcpositional phrasc n-f, "to him") rcfcrs back

to thc antcccdcnt: *

] * t l i , i i i i t i " - - . . i ' , ' . ,

*nsw tJql .v,n4nbu' " thc king, givcn to hirn

golcl". Such a construction is translatcd into English as a rclativc clausc: "thc king to

whom gold is givcn".Thc rclat ionship bctwccn the anteccdcnt and thc vcrbal act ion of thc part ic iplc can

bc cvcn looscr: . i . " ]" ' , ' ' ' i ; i . i i i ]

" , - : t i l , i *11lr . t gnt i .yt nhw im=s "thc hi l l country in

which gold is found". Both thc rcsumptivc pronoun s in thc advcrbial cxprcssion 1nr=s

"in it" ancl thc participlc agrce in gcndcr and numbcr with !is.r . Thc rcsurnptivc

pronoun in thc abovc example can be omitted and rcplaccd by an advcrb (in thc

fol lowing cxamplc , . "a1.,"rg"; :* l ' . ' . ' i l l l ' ** ] ^, ' - ' l i i l ' , , ' lLJi* x!r)s.r rQi.yr n nsw

nbw im "The land whcrc gold was givcn to thc king" ( l i t . : "Thc land, given to the

Relative Form 67

king gold there"). Here only the gender and number of the participle reveal thc linkwith the antecedent.

Note: The passive participle can also bc formed from intransitive verbs: The king is

on. 1."1"\ i^ ' , , \ \ iVi t-o " , [ l - t ' . . - . . prr .w h]r .w t l r sf i r -J, 'underwhose counselonc goes and comcs".

r l) THE RELATTVE FORM

Pafticiplcs are non-finite nominal forms of the verb, i.e. they do not havc a subject.Rclative Forms, by contrast, arc .finite nominal vcrb fonns, which havc their ownsubjcct. Likc participles, thcy arc used adjectivally and agrcc with thc antccedcnt ingcndcr and numbcr:

' l ' , , ' l i l i " i h i ' " l r l l ' i . f L] i ! . t nb.r dd.r sr nh nqls 16{$ r08) r hw,. t- t l t r

"cvcrything that any official (or) any citizcn givcs to thc tcmplc',.

! ; - t ,14 ' '

. ' , . - , . t ; ' ' '

' mw,.t mrr. t l t rc l .w=s' , the mothcr whom hcr chi ldrcn lovc,, .

If, unlike thc preccding cxamplcs, thc antcccdcnt is not thc dircct objcct of the actioncxprcsscd in thc Rclativc Fonn, a rcsurnptivc pronoun must rcfcr back to it:

' ,r'n" r " . i " '

nh i . t tu . n . t RC.w l ' l l . t , l ' m! ( .1in=s "that balancc of Rc in which hc lifls up Maat". (m)c.t is thc dircct, mhl.t thcindircct objcct offii "to lift up"; rcsumptivc pronoun s; cp. {104)

Thc rcsumptivc pronoun is also ncccssary with thc Rclativc Fonn of an intransitivc vcrb:

r ' tr\:,r t:,a, j 'ri - .?' .l w j.t iyi.tn=J'rrr-s "thc road upon which it (thc statuc) camc,,.

In placc of a prcposition plus suftix-pronoun cxprcssing location, an aclvcrb can alsobc uscd (not, howcvcr, in thc casc of h.and l_lr):

,l );..1 , ä,.,' i ' ) ',1!\ au, v,r-t.w ib=i intJ' ,,theplacc in which rny hcaft dwclls,,

"r j l ) ' f . \ ' : \ ' t ' , '1t) ' i i t j

' i ; \ l , wrs.wib- i int , , thcplaccwhcrcrnyhcartdwclts, , .

A) "TENSES'' Of thE RELATIVE FORM

corrcsponding to thc Pcrfcct sjm.n-J (S 7l), thc Aorist sdm{ I irr-J ($ 70) and rhcFuture (Prospective) sdm4 (5 74), thcre arc three Rclativc Fonns. Like participlcs andadjcctives, they agree with their antcccdent in gendcr and number (fcm. -1 pl. -ry).

s 10s

$ 106


$ 107 l. Perfective sQm.(w)n-f Relative Form

$ l0S 2. Aorist sdm4l i77=f R'elative Form

$ 109 3. Prospective sdm4 Relative Form

strong verb , 1 , , , : . , sQm.n4 (m.) "he, whom he heard"

IIae gem.- i \

i i i , l * mt.rn=.f (f.) "she, whom he saw"

IIIae inf.a

li\ i-*

i r i .nJ(m.)gmi.rn-J $.)

"he, whotn he madc"

"she. whom hc fbund"

rdii\ :l-lti l i r r ' .1

ii ii, t.., ott"n

r l i .n=i (n.)

{i.n=i Qn.)"hc, wholn I gavc"

"to corrc" li lr, -

iyi.rt=srr (m.) "hc, (from) whom thcY catnc"

strong vcrbir,:.1']'y

i t",'

lir )]i

sqlm(.w)=J'

dd.v,y=i

"hc, whotn hc hcars"

"that which I say"

l lac gcm. w,nn4'; vJtlil.ll' + noun subj. "hc, who is"

I l lac in f .mrr.vt - l noun subjcct

f r t r=.t'"hc, wholn NN lovcs"

"shc, whotn hc bcars"

rdi ; !

dd.v,=ln "hc, whotn you givc"

3-rad.,

strong vb.

' 'n1) i ; - . ,

' i:.'. l ', I isdn(.w)4srJm.r(i)4

"hc, whotn hc wil l hcar"

"shc, whotn hc wil l hcar"

2-rad.

without cnding, but also

I i i l i i ,i l il,j.. -

eld.y4dtl.ti..l'

"that which hc will sPcak"

IIac gcm. wn=t "hc , who w i l lbc"

IIIac inf.rfti i l;. ' i]ir . -fem' usuallY *ith Iq

nßt=S

mri.y-J

"hc, whom shc wil l bcar"

"that which hc wil l wish"

rdi' ':ii'

eli.t=i " t ha t wh i ch I w i l l g i vc "

rrt, -\* iri.t=i "that which I will makc"

Relative Form 69

b) USAGE OF THE RELATIVE FORM:

The usagc of these "tenses" matchcs that of the corresponding Suffix-Conjugation.Like participlcs, Relative Forms are used adjectivally and as nouns:

l. Adjectival usage

a. As an attribute, agrccing in gender and number with the antecedent (cndings notalways written):

. tt

. ' ' ia i-il '"

I }itt 1l, , iri.rn-iß rot\ js=i "a tomb which I madc mysett',.

As with passive participles ($ 104), Rclativc Fonns are also formcd from intransitivc vcrbs:

i \ $" ' i , , i , r , ,L:* ' . ; l

wt. t iy i . tn|hr=s "thc road upon which hc camc".

b. with a finitc verb as objcct: 1N-A:i"[f lff i . '1[,.1" d.cm Qi.n=J';,,1($ rs)hm=i m-bnt T)-sty "the gold, which hc (Osiris) lct My Majcsty (Scsostris III) fctch fromNubia".

2. Usage as a noun

Thc fcminine Rclative Form, uscd absolutcly, can exprcss an abstract conccpt.

a. ln a dircct gcnit ivc construct ion:r )

** ' \ | r :' '.1 - (t' t -*.. (') nh lnnl itn "lord of that which / what thc sun cncirclcs".

b. As an objcct:

" ' L] | ] l i ' , l i , . i j 'C' " i r i .y=i hsi . t=k "[ wi l ldo rhat which you wi i praisc,, .

c. In a non-vcrbal scntcncc (tri-partitc 2n,-Scntcncc $ 54):'

. . ., " )i:.:i ', ' ', mrr.t=t pw irr..t=l ,,That which you do is that which you wish',.

d. As thc subjcct ina nfr sn,- Scntcncc (956):': '

, :* - )ii ' c i iri .tnJ' n=i "grcat was that which hc ctid for mc".

e. Absolutc use as an cpithct:' '

. )l ' )' i l i l. mrr.w nw.tJ "one whom his city lovcs".

f. With a verb as objcct:I i \ * , o '

"I did not neglect 1,,)r'. - , , wQ.tn=f iri.t that which hc commanded to do."

$ 110

$ r l l

'70 Accidence and Syntax

S 112 12) FUTURE VERBAL ADJECTIVE sdm.t(i'rt

Endings:


IIae gem.: wnn

IIIac inf.: (occasionally with w)

Irregular: r]i i

iu'i

wrn.t(y)=t'y "who will bc"

hfw$t)--fi "who will descend "

rdi.t(Y)-.f ,- "who will givc"

itt ' i.t(y)=fy "who will cotnc"

' \ ' , :l).\ ,rl

i . . _ '

Usage:

The Vcrbal Adjcct ivc is uscd l ikc thc Prospcct ivc Part ic iplc ($ l0l) , which i t largcly

rcplaccd. It usually has activc, occasionally passivc rncaning.

a) As an attr ibutc: . ' ; t ' : . . . . . . 11 'e-. ' - l r ls. t v, t1t1.t t - .sy l t r nm'4 "thc forcign

land which wi l l bc upon his watcr ( i .c. be loyal to him)".

b) As a noun' {'}, , . ' '. "-'

l31tr'.ty=511 "that which will happcn".

S l t3 l3) NARRATIVE CONSTRUCTION iyi . t pw ir i -n-J

This construction indicatcs thc bcginning of a ncw cpisodc in a narrativc. It is actually

a non-vcrbal tri-partitc 7rw-scntcncc ($ 54), with an intlnitivc as prcdicatc and thc

(always masculine) Pcrfcctivc Relativc Form of l ' i as sub.icct; it is used almost

cxclusivcly with vcrbs of movctncnt:

---l ... i":-l i i l. " '"1': nci.t pv'iri.n.'n nt lrdi "Thcn wc travcllcd nofthwarcls(lit.: That which wc did was a travclling northu'ards)'"

For thc passivc, a Passive Participlc rcplaccs thc Rclativc Form (rarc):

A) t i t l ' " f ' ] 1 " : - ' i ' , r , , 1 " , i . , pu , i r i . y r h lk im "Thcn onc carnc fo r th is humble

scrvant. (lit.: What was donc was a corning, tbr this humblc servant)."

Adverbs 7l

14) THE AUXILIARv VERB lrXi -'N

pt;

The verb \\ \, pii, which can be fully conjugated, has the meaning "to have doncin thc past". The verb for which it serves as an auxiliary follows as an infinitivc.This vcrb forms part of a Complex Verb Form follow ing iw or the negative particlc n -s p ( $ 1 3 1 ) :

,'h,i( if *

.', l l;\ i i .. i i i, pti=n sdm mi.tt ,,we havc heard rhe like.,,'" :1" : :rr ' i l

( r r ) '1 , " , , 1 , , n-sp p) i . t (w) i r i . t s t "Nevcrhas i t bcen donc. . . "

p)i as a Rclative Forrn: src-^- t ' i ' i t l . ' *^L ' ' t i f i L) , ; r l * i t ' i

' - , , i . . , n tJpr mi. t t n b)k.w p) i .n

nb=sn hsi.t st "Never did thc l ikc happen to scruants whom thcir lorcl had praised.; '

s 114

$ i l s

l) Egyptian has only fcw truc, i.c.

- :.f:t' "' ' ct "hcrc"

,', i,r ntitt "today"

, ' , i , /..! 'y "cornplctcly,,,aftcra ncgat ivc "at a l l "

2) Thcrc arc a numbcr of advcrbs which

iÄ im "thcrc"' i i l

' I r my "likswisc, accordingly"I .- , hn,(.y) "thcrcwith, togcthcr

with"' I r l "

- )j ' bti.v, "accordingly"

.I) ADVERBS

non-dcrivativc advcrbs, c.g.

hr-sl

g/- "also", aftcr ncgativcs"furthcr"

' ' i ' , '

.r. 1ir "whcrc? whcncc?"

arc rclatcd to prcpositions ($ 35):; : ; \ . ' - " - ' . .tl l , )1 , '

!r,rt.u, "bcforc, carlicr"r , r . :

ft1..y "undcr',n

/r ,,at an cnd"

3) Othcr advcrbs corrcspond to compound prcpositions ($ 36):t,..., , '" nt-h),lt local: ,,in front,, i l i,

. . , ' ' ' ttr-hi.ttemp. : "bcforc, fonncrly"

,,il:, ,'i\ nt-fit "aftcrwards" i-i

"fotmcrly"

"subscqucntly, later"


4) Fixed expressions (preposition + noun) that are used as adverbs:

\\ ! ;; m min (llke min) "today"

i\f ..";

,,.t' "yesterday"

l\ r -tN')

m dw)(.w) "tomo*ow"I f] '

\ \ t 1 mnr i . r / " l i kcwisc"{.::t

,):* ! |"1 * |* : :

(,) n sP "at once, togcthcr"

:3b: r hr.w "np". -iif i i:$ " r fint.w,'out"<l-' 't ir)

hrc.wwy"immediately";

also hr (.w

dr-'.w "long ago"

5) Fixcd cxprcssions (prcposition r +

* l,l, r mn! "thoroughly"

f ' \ ' t l r w)Q "vigorously"

6) Advcrbs derived from vcrbal roots, occasionally withclcarly distinguishcd frorn an Old Pcrfcctivc) :

adjcctivc) that arc uscd as advcrbs:

l 1- r ikr "cxcccdingly"

r' t i ./ "grcatly"

-u.,cnding (cannot always bc

\1\. .1 ;tr wrf "slowly"

i l' c.li "frcquently"

.ti -l

lrr' "rruch"; )i 1' ' wr.r "vcry"

- . l\r ,t:t1_ilt, \it ')i,:rI(l

\)\il ,\

7) Nouns

, : I

Usage:

c3.y, "grcatl!"

!nm.w "chccrfully"

rrf' "pcrfcctly, wcll"

is "quickly"

Advcrbs follow thc cxprcssion thcy qualify.

a) As a prcdicatc in Advcrbial Sentcnces ($ 42 ff)

b) As the attributc of a vcrb:

t l { ' S ! ' ; - . . . iy i . t t=i min.. . " I havc comc today . . . "

' ?r , i) r\ r. ,) r ,, ). ' ' iw hsi.n=f wi hr'J r ' l .t wr.t "Hc praised mc for it very

grcatly."

that arc uscd as advcrbs:

q/./ "ctcrnally"

Word Order 73

c) As the attribute of a participle:

t l !d l t ' : : ' * i , '1N j i / , ) \ smi nf i .n hlb sw "one who reports/reportcd perfect lyto the one who scnt him."

d) As the attribute of an adjective:

.-t'",rilT){il.., ' ;]}i ' ' lrr ss ikr wr.t "I amlwas a vcry exceilent scribe.,,

e) Topicalisation of the advcrb: adverb in initial position (A 129)

Note: ln ccrtain fixcd cxpressions an advcrb can servc as thc attributc of a noun:

1;' " !i i Lif rr;t im "yourhumblc scrvant (lit.: thc servant thcrc)."

K) WORD ORDER

l) For word ordcr in NON-VERBAL SENTENCES scc $g 42ff, 48ff, 53 54,56 57. S I 16

2) In VERBAL SENTENCES with noun subjcct and noun objcct(s) thc word ordcr is as $ I l7a rulc: vcrb - subject - dircct objcct - indircct objcct advcrb / advcrbial cxprcssion(for cxceptions scc $$ I I 8f0.

Whcrc a scntcncc contains pronouns thc following rulcs apply:A pronominal objcct comcs bcforc a noun subjcct:.t*

1 fl;t ] * i;r',t'\t ä] . ,di.ru.r,r, /?.ilr nt smr "Thc king madc him a cornpanion,,.

Dativc n * suffix takcs prcccdcncc ovcr a noun or pronoun objcct and also a nounsubjcct:*--

, - ;1i' l ', ' '] . rQi.ttJ' n=i nhw, "Hc gavc rnc gold."

*- '- n ] .---.:',, '"

. rq!i.n n=i ttsv, trbw "Thc king gavc mc golci."

Ordcr ofprcccdcncc: 1. suffix-pronoun,2. dcpcndcnt pronoun, 3. noun.

The word ordcr of a scntcnce can bc modificd in ordcr to either emphasisc a pafticularpart of the sentcncc - subjcct, objcct, advcrbial expression by contrasting(Focalisation) or in order to mark thc thcmc of a scntcncc (Topicalisation). This isusually, in the casc of Topicalisation rcgularly, donc by ptacing thc rclcvant part of thesentencc at thc bcginning ofthe sentcncc.

74 Accidence and Svntax

s 11S 3) FOCALISATION

Focalisation is achieved by means of cleft sentences:

"It is his daughter who causes that the name of her father lives." (Focus on subject

"daughter" in contrast, e.g. to the father hirnself or a son')

"It is his field that the father will give his son." (Focus on object: "field" rathcr than

e.g. house.")

"That hc will come is today." (Focus on an adverbial cxpression "today" in contrast to

tomorrow.)

Thrcc typcs of cleft scntcnces are found in Middlc Egyptian:

$ 119 a) THE /n-CONSTRUCTION - FOCUS ON THE SUBJECT

l. Thc ir-Construction is used in ordcr to crnphasisc thc subjcct'

WORD OI{DER: Subicct - Prcdicatc. Thc fbllowing possibilitics and cornbinations

occur:

Subjcct: a) noun subjcct, introduccd by in,

b) pronorninal subjcct: indcpcndcnt pcrsonal pronoun in initial position.

Prcclicatc: ct) irnpcrfcctivc participlc ($ 99) (prcscnt)

B) pcrf-cctivc participlc (S 100) (past)

y) prospcctivc se/rry'($ 74) (futurc)

Sub iec t Predicate

a)ct)

d i l

ßrb) v)

Evcry combination of subjcct and prcdicatc is possiblc' c'g':

a ) + c r ) : ' i n s l 4 ' e ! c ! ( . w ) n 4 t l Q p n " I t i s h i s s o n w h o g i v c s h i r n t h i s w h i t e b r c a c l . "

b) + cr) :. ntf 44(.w,) n=f t hcJ pn "lt is he who givcs hirn this whitc brcad."

a) + P) ..- in si-J r/i n=f't h8 pn "lt is his son who gavc hirn this white brcad."

b) + y) :. nrf Qi-J'nl't hQ ptr "He will give him this white bread'"

Word Order 75

Note:

In this construction the participle is invariable:

l* iiä f + ; - in snlJ' s(n!1 rn{ "ttis his sister who has caused rhat his namelives."

Thc interrogative pronoun r? "who?" ($ 3a) is often used in the in-construction and

rncrges with in to form a ncw word:J\ > i\* . in-m> trn (Coptic Nrr):

! ]\ i. , rfl. t ' i l i * in-. ir4 ini4 n=i sy "Who is it, who will bring it (the box) tome?"

2. Negation of the lr-Construction $ 120

a. Ncgation of the subjecl by - " ... I rt ... is

-o* , ' ) . , i ] , l i l ; , . . , r ; . 1 j t : i " , .11 ,1 i .1 X ] ] , , , ' r i i - . . , , . , i ! n i r t k i s t . t tn=knwin

Ghb eld n=k nw hnc Wsir "lt is not I who said this to you. it is Gcb who said this toyou, and Osiris."

b. Ncgation of thc verb by thc Ncgativc vcrb ., rrr ({ l-12), which is followccl bythc vcrb in thc form of a Ncgativc Complcmcnt:-*] , . (" i , ; '

ü- l . , . , - i , s l=k tnt in i( .v,) n-k sy "I t is your son who cl id not br ing i t to

you." ( tnt pcrfcctivc participlc c\ 100)

b) TRI-PARTITE 2w-SENTENCE: FOCUS ON SUBJECT or OBJECT t i l2 l

In thcsc scntenccs thc third clcmcnt of thc sentcncc is a participlc or a Rclativc Form;thcsc rcfcr to thc subjcct or thc objcct:

l. Focus on thc subjcct:

NN \l ' ,,, ' i ,\:r lTi ' ".-- NN pv, m) nts(u,).t=1n "lt is NN, who saw your birth." (rri -

pcrlcctivc participlc S 100)

2. Focus on thc objcct:

I I L , ,tlil ,l il. ':,

.* r'ji lil . ,. ,,i). '"" .lir(.y) "What is it thcn, that you will do for mc inRelativc Fonn $ 109)

iSst pw ir=l ' ir i .t( i)=k n=i m iswrcl.urn for it ' ." ' ( i l i . t i=t - prospcctivc

76 Accidence and Svntat

s 122 c) EMPHATIC CONSTRUCTION: FOCUS ON ADVERBIAL EXPRESSION

Focus can be directcd upon an adverbial exprcssion by means of thc Emphatic

Construction:-) ,-N* l t \ \ / , \ ' ' t \ . t /^)Y+Q i \ " ' gnt i .n sv' v 'pw.tyl4t hr wt l "That the

messengers found him (was) on the road." (sce also $$ 70.1, 71.1,74.2,76).

$ 123 4) TOPICALISATION

ln thc casc of topicalisation, those parts of the sentcncc that indicatc thc thcme stand at

thc head of the icntcncc and thercby highlight its theme or topic.lf it is thc subject or

objcct, it rc-appcars as a pronoun in its regular position, according to $ 116 and 5\

117. The topiCal iscd clcmcnt can stand without introduct ion or fol low thc part ic lc

I' j <> l r .

a) Without introduction

$ 124 1. Topicalisation of thc subjcct

( ) ll ' ,\)

'.ir" :; '-:l l - I !tbsu,.r-J wl s(y) r mh 2 "Hi,s beevtl,ir was grcatcr

than 2 cubits." (Adjcctival Scntcncc $ 56)

l^- , . , - , , , ' ' " . ' - , i i . - i ' ! , ; l l \u,r n(.y) iw prt "Thctt Hekenu oit which vou said yotr would bring, it is thc spcciality

( l i t . : thcgrca tncss)o f th is is |and. ' ' (b i -par t i t c2w-Scntcnce$53)

1l i . i , . . ) ; \ : , .J*- l .* '1 , '$. . bikcb4trnc tnts.wi "The.falcon (thc king), i rc l lcw

olTwith his rctinuc." (Historic Psrfcct sdnt4 \ 12)

$ 125 2. Topicalisation of thc objcct

. ; \ r . , ,1i i " - ' . ,

I ;1 i " , t i ' . k l ;n=J'ß tn ') i r i . t ($ n2) .sr ( i ) r=i i r i .n- i st ( i ) r=. |

"That which he thought lo do against nte, I did il against him"

$ 126 3. Topicalisation of an adverbial cxprcssion

If thc main clausc is formcd with a complcx vcrb Form ($$ 89 96)' thc advcrbial

cxprcssion is topicaliscd by placing thc advcrbial subordinatc clausc at thc hcad of thc

scntcncc . e .g . :

Word Order 77

o preceding ch'.n sjm.n-J ($ 95)

- : , : * , \1 , ' i i . . . . - .o . ! \ iL i i i l wn.n=s t t ( . t (hc .nhad opened the chamber, she hcard a sound ..." (advcrbial

sQm.n=s hn+, "After sheexprcssion: sQm.n-J in a

subordinate clausc $ 71.2)

. prcceding iw * Passivc scJm(.w,)-J ($ 9l b)u ' , , 1 * .

. , i ; i ' . , 1 , , ' I t i t . , , r l ' 1 . I , h e ! . n ( i ) r 4 ' t l c l w ) s p 2 i w i r i ( . w ) m iqld-J' "When the earlh hacl hecome light, very early,it was (alrcady) donc accorcling towhat hc said." (adverbial cxprcssion: Circumstant ial s/m.n=l ' tn a subordinatc clausc$ 7 1 . 2 )

o prcccding a Cornplcx Aorist | (iu,-J'sQm=J) ($ 92)

. i ; . , . " ; I i i : ' i i l o l , r ' i i ; . , ' ) ' . ' - '1 ) .sf t- . f iv,-- i skt=i )st1- i , ,As he reaps,sol

plough and I rcap." (advcrbial cxprcssion: Circurnstant ial Prcscnt.ralrr=l ' { 69.1)

o prcccding thc Cornplcx Futurc iv'=t' r.ra/nr ($ 94)' : ; ""- r ' - -* ' i i l l l i i f

- - ' 1, ,--- . l l ' i _, . j l { ) i l ntr i=ln cnh nts{ i=1n t tp. t

iw=ttt t 'drp n=i "As vou love li/ 'e and hole death, so you will rnakc offcring for rnc."(advcrbial cxprcssion: Circurnstantial Prcscnt s<1nr=l'S 69. l)

/)b) Introduccd by (J .,-., ir'

l . Topical isat ion ofthc subjcct ! i 127

11 i -,

' 'iui !ii' i..,t wsir pw, "A.s.fitr ve,sterdov, itis osiris."

i l ; r" ' i l ; , 'A ' ' " . ' \ '

l l i i i ' ; l " ' : - l i i , . . . ' i t . sn(.w) gt.g iu,=J ntnt=f ' , ,As./ i t r hinrwho.follow's falsehoocl, hc gocs astray."

Othcr particlcs can prcccdc ir, c.g. l.q: Thc tcxt rccounts Ncrnty-nakht's dcsirc to scizcthc posscssions ofthc pcasant and thcn continucs:

l l 1 , , - i i { " ü ; l ! i ' * - " f " , , . * ; i i i r , l , , - , i s l ( i ) r . 7 r $ n ) , , . c t 2 5 ) 1 t t . . w N m . r y -

nlrt pn hr sml-tl n(.y) r(l)-wi(i).r "Now, a^s forthe housc of this Ncmty-nakht, (it) lay atthcsidc ofthe road". The position of thc homc providcd him with thc possibility to do so.

2. Topicalisation of the object $ l2S

t. -' ' i ',\ lJl ? : ' -

' \. ', I\\ l ' . , ir n.t1y|t nb(.t) m ss hr tfd.w sQm sr ',As for

everything in wriling on the book roll, obey it!"

78 Accidence and Syntar

$ 129 3. Topicalisation ofan adverbial expression

f - , - Ni; , . , .1, i ' l11! i \ : l ; ; " . i - i . , : ." . :N1.":. . ' r \ '#**[$ ; , , ,2- l ,rhtp(w) n1r m i[.wt-J dd.tw htp-ntr pn m-b]h fw,t.w pn n.y hm=i "After the god has beensatisfied with his things, this god's offcring is placed in front of this statue of myMajesty". (Adverbial expression: m-!1t + Pcrfective Passive sdm(.wly)4 $ 11)

$ 130 s) CONDITIONAL CLAUSES

Conditional clauscs alson bclong to the category of Focalisation (S$ 118-122). They

arc cithcr introduccd by 'l - ir or appear without an introduction.

$ l3 l a ) w lTH INTRODUCTonY Q i r

l. Fulfi l lablc condition:

lr * Futurc (Prospcctivc) sQn-J ($ 7a)

i l ) t - 1 i1, , . l ; l i r l . . , \ \ ^_l . . - ,X: l i ' , , . " . , , ! i l , i rv,ct frkntcldn=i in i rwr iw pn rQi=i r!1=la rn' "lf you hcsitatc in tclling rnc who brought you to this island, Iwill causc that you know yoursclf!"

1r + Subjunctivc .rq/nrl ($ 75)

lf -.rl:t; ',. ' , ' i,;,ri

1i",.';,,,. i,l.r----, i;,r"r.lL ir iv,t.k m htj.fu,)t nb(.t) m(w)t.kt RC.w"If you should comc as any snakc, thcn Rc wi l l d ic."

2. Unfulfi l lablc condition:

This construction is rathcr unccrtain; thc only attcsted (controvcrsial) cxarnplc:

ir + Perfcct sdm.n4' ($ 7l) King Amcncmhct says:

| ,lt'i' _' ,;il 'il,

-'..,,'i,i. , ii.l,'1.,-")it',., i,rrJ;\ ,.i$ }) li(,,..i),, J1(;...ii;.1. 'ir tsp.n-i )slt l !c.u, m dr.t=i iv, / i.n=i ltt hm(.u,) m-'(.w) blhl "Had I graspcd spccd(i.c. hurricd), thc wcapons in my hand, I would havc madc thc cowards rctrcat with thclancc." Anothcr possible intcrprctation would bc to scc ir as introducing an cmpha-sised adverbial exprcssion ($$ 126, 129) which has bccn placed at thc head of thescntencc bccausc thc main clausc is forrned by a Cornplcx Vcrb Form: "Havinggraspcd spccd, thc wcapons in rny hand, I made thc cowards rctrcat with thc lancc."

$ 132 b) wrrHour TNTRODUCTTONConditions can also bc expresscd by othcr scntcncc typcs, c.g.l . by the Balanced Sentence (S$ 49,70.1b, 7 l . ld)

2. by an cmphasiscd advcrbial expression followed by thc Complcx Future ($ 126).

-il

Negation of the Verb 79

L) NEGATION of the VERB

NEGATIVE PARTICLES AND NEGATIVE VERBS

The verb is negatcd in different ways, depending on the verb form: $ 133a) with the negative particles -6- r or

-J ,,r,

b) wi th lhc construct ion - - n-sp or

c) with thc negative re.b, nl tm or jii., - "-, l; l)\ " -

ilrli. S 134Both thcsc verbs arc followed by the vcrb that is negatcd in a spccial form, thc so-callcd Negative Complement. Its -r.r, cnding is usually not writtcn. Frorn thc NcwKingdom onwards, and somctimes carlicr, thc Ncgativc Complemcnt can bc rcplaccdby thc infinit ive.

, , tm can bc fully conjugatcd. woRD ORDER: pronominal subjcct (sull ix-pronoun)lbllows /ln, norninal sub.jcct follows thc Ncgativc Complcmcnt:

' ilr ' if '' ')'r ll'i jt: mt=t hn(.v,) rtr m "wrtycro you not row?" (Aorisr sdnt4'F 70.1a)

"Do not bc strong in your powcr, ' 1i..,., '

/,,, 1, ,, ,. , ,,, 'r,.- . ^. tm spr(.w) bw lw r-kthat cvil rnay not rcach you" (Subjunctivc sc!m4' \ 15.3)

Thc choicc of ncgation dcpcnds on thc syntactic lunction and thc typc of vcrb fbnn(i.c. nominal vs. vcrbal lbrm, ovcrvicw in Tablc 2 p. 83).

l ) NEGATION of thc IMPERATIVE (S 67) S 135

Thc impcrative is ncgatccl hy 1, , (thc irnpcrativc of thc Ncgativc ycrb tnt $ 134),which is fol lowcd by thc Ncgat ivc Cornplcmcnt (S 134).'i i i\ (\:l i j l m snd(.w) "Fcar not!"

2) NEGATION of thc CIRCUMSTANTIAL (PRESENT) sQm-J / iri--f (g 69) I 136a) n sjm.nJ- idcntical with thc negativc complcx Aorist I ({s 71.3, 92, l42b).

In advcrbial subordinatc clauscs:

", . 11; i j i , ' . ; j i*- i ,1.. ; . ' i , , i l f ) l . ) .

' i i i - NN _^-.. . .1,

, ' , i -u-. - . . i

iri.in s!.ty pn'h'.w r htw.w l0 hr spr nNN n rQi.nJmlc-J (l)r.=s "Then this pcasantspcnt a period of up to l0 days pctitioning NN, wiläoal äim (NN) paying attention(tit.: granting him his temple, i.e. car)."


l - \ * r r$ r, ' . . ' ; : r 1.. , ' , t?i i ' ' -- l i )r$ i ' " , f ' -1" f iä--^; ' \ \sl i"iw dhn.n=i c.t nb.t n.t pr.w nsw cn!t(.w) wdl(.w) snb(.w) r hhi n'i s't-kb't n gmi'n=i sy "I

went around every chamber of thc palace - may it live, bc prosperous and healthy - to

find for myself entcrtainment, withoutfnding it'"

b) nn + adverbial clausc ($ 47.1) (less frcquent)

,'lt (thc snakc) spokc to me (the shipwreckcd sailor), *l!; '; j i" ., ': i:tttt"" nn wi hr

sjm st without me hearing it."

c) nn + infinitivc (whcrc thc identity of thc subjcct is obvious, $ 85' 143 b)

,,I lct his wcapons bc carried off, *: ' '

-rt tt '"'

,,n tti 't hr %i without dcsisting frorn

fighting."

lYote: lf thc inflnitivc is followccl by an objcct that is idcntical with thc subjcct of the

main clausc, thc construction can bcst bc translatcd as a passivt-':

i ' ) ' , , l , ' , . -4\*f t - \ .^, pr i=kck-k nn hnln=k "May you go forth and cntcr,

without being turncd back (lit ': your turning back not cxisting)'"

$ 137 3) NEGATION of thc AORIST slm-J I irr'f ($ 10)

tm=f sQm(.w)

a) In thc Emphatic Construction (cp' I 70' l):

: . : l l . . ' ' " l . ' ' i \ ' r r ; - ' ' tnt=k tr sQm(.w) hr m "Why thcn do you not

l istcn?"

b) As a nominal vcrb form:

1. [n an object clause (cp. $$ 70'2a):

. , ll, ,: T\ ll* i .-j i. t 1l;1 y11.n=1; tm=sn sJ'n(.w) "You know thcy arc not mild."

l l i f i \ f * t i ; . . l l , . l i , i , , ) l * i ' , ' ; \

iwwQ.nGhbtm=iwnm('w) / rs "Gcbhas

decrecd that I do not cat cxcrcmcnt'"

2. As thc predicate of apw-Scntcnce ($ 53):

i , N \-. 11 ;' "

'i,^,, ll ;,1

i1 ir cmd ib tm mdw.linr' $ r34)

fi.ty pw "As for

s lacknessof thehear t , i t i s ( i . c .s ign i f ies ) tha t thehear tdoesnotspeak . ' '

I

Negation of the Verb 8l

4) NEGATION of the (PRESENT) PERFECT sjm.n=f (g 7t)

a) Nominal / Emphatic verb form: 'tm.n--f

sjm.,4, (this form is, however, not attested)

b) Verbal Form: n sQm--f (see g 72.1)

l. In a main clause:

The examples arc not unequivocal n sjm-J negates sQm.n{ in a paratactic main clause($ 71.2) as well as the Complex Verb Form lw sdm.n4that introduces an initial mainclause. one would expcct n sQm-J, llkc sQm.n-J, to appear in a paratactic main clause,e ' g ' : s i c !

: r . . ' ; t l' ) r /

7.:. ̂ ,|' "/,r- n

ink mrr.y h())wJ sdmi n lnl lb.t-J n hhs-i hr r n.ty m h),k.w

"l was one whom his family loves, who was attachcd to his clan; I did not hicle (my)facc from him who was in scrvicc."

Thc thcmc of thc negatcd clausc continues that of thc irrfr-Scntencc; sincc h(l)w, lh.tand n.tv m hik.w fonn a progrcssion from a close circlc to a widcr circle of pcoplc, it isrnore l ikcly that hcrc n hhs=i introduccs a paratactic main clausc, rathcr than an init ialmain clausc.

2. Ina subordinatc clausc:' ,,

l j i ̂ ' , ' \; i;\ri i l i - ,l i,:;-^-' " !,:i l)11 ' z,{} ' t ' ; - . ' l l i . , ' ' -"- l ,{} i i .+;" : ' 'i1.i .y=i(issa) lm.t m l.1nty.t n kli=i spr.r Inw pn hmt.n=i$tr.zb) !1pr lt]r.yt($75.2) r? Qct=i cn!1r-sl=f"MY going south: I did not intcnd to rcach this rcsidcncc, having thought that adisturbancc would takc placc and not cxpccting to l ivc aftcr it (thc disturbancc)."

Thc section bcgins with an infinit ivc that scrvcs as a hcading introducing a ncw cvcnt($ 85.a); n kli- i introduccs a main clausc ($ 142 a), lmt.n=i and n dd=iarc in subordinateclauscs.

- -_. . i i , " , * , , , i t . . , , \ i ,1qi t , i ; \ ) , , ) I , i i - " - ^* , , ) i lir i .n(=i) hsw.t n rm! nh rh.w mi hm.w, n stni=i "l showcd favour to all pcoplc,knowledgcable and ignorant alikc, without my discriminating."

$ 138


$ 139 5) NEGATION of the FUTURE (PROSPECTM) sdm4 (5 7a)

a) Nominal / Emphatic verb form: tm('w)4 sdm('w)

Following' ^-!\ i l ,ü t l ($ 37): ' ^ \ i \ ' l '

* i ' i t '

* \ \ ' ' i s* ) ' ;* l t 'h" ' t ' t

tm(.w)=nrli.1 {$ i:+i iu=, i-rl ph n ( y) ply=n m{ ," For ,t.he rear-guard of our army we

will not have conccm (lit.: we will norpiace our heart/thoughts after " ')!"

In an object clause: li l ib' ' ' l l*1;" l ' ' i l ' '- ' i i r "' ', ' ' -\"!i 11 ;il i l "

iw wQ'n Ghb it Wsir tm('w)=i wnm('w) /rs "Gcb' thc father of Osiris' has commanded

that I will not eat excretnent'"

b) Verbal lbrm:Ncgativc Verb ir; i i i l i-^ (in negative wishes, prohibit ions)

I \ D I C \

- 1 f - - ] -

i , ; r r ' ' j

r l . i ) . - . -imi(.w)=k iri(.v') i!.t r=s "You will not do a thing against it '"

s 140 6) NEGATION of thc SUBJUNCTLYE süm-f t iri('D4 ß 75)

a) Norninal i Ernphatic vcrb form: tm='f sdm('w)

In a final clause following li i l ts rzr'

. l l ( , , .,n\

i1i ,i i. j lü il lThc cloqucnt pcasant says: "Give mc my propcrty' 1 ."

tm-i sbh(.w) that I may not cry out'"

b ) V c r b a l t b r m : N c g a t i v c V c r b l r r r i i . ' l i n n c g a t i v c w i s h c s , p r o h i b i t i o n s )

" ' -

l i xij ' ' lt :- t

l imi=tn hcll('v') hr'w=rn hr=s "Lct not (rnay not) your

faccsbcdowncastbccauscof i t ( i . c .dor r ' tbcdcprcsscd) . ' '

., " l ' inti=k u'sr(.w;) nr l-1 't=s "May you not bc strong in hcr body'"

$ l4l 7) NEGATION of thc PERFECTIVE PASSIVE sdm('wlv)4 ($ 77) (old Egvpt ian)

a) Nominal / Emphatic vcrb lbnn: tm''f sclm('u')

! ; , l . , . , , [11, '1i ' : i ") , , i r : , ' , ; t l . 'o rr f t i i ( .N)(\ t" t ih=ktn.t4ctt t i ( .u ' ) , 'Do1't !canogant

(lit.: lct not your hcart bc high), that you (lit.: ivyour hcart) not bc hunrblcd!" (final clausc)

,,Lct hi' bc dcprivcd of his tcmplc officc, "' l-l.. l i,-1;'t i i i .*- 1il '

tl;t ' ' ':"

tms l t i . t r t t - |n t r ] .p r .wpt t tha th isnarncnotbcrc lnc l -nbcrcd in th is tcmplc . ' '

b) Vcrbal form: rr scJnr4

l j t i ; ' . , , i i - ^ i . , l t i - ^ - - ; j i i . , 4 l . l " ' - i v ' = f r { i . w n = i n n l t m = . | ' ' 1 - e 1 ' w = i ) " H e

(the cncmy) has bcen givcn to mc; he was not taken from my hand'"

Verb - Sufix Conjugation 83

Ovnnvrnw oF THE Sur,nlx CoNlucarron

Notcs:I

Also in rnain clauscs, sit.tcc thc ncgativc fbnns of thc Circunrstantial (prcscnt)sqlm=. | 'and thc Complcx Aor is t I iv , (=. f l srJm=f arc idcnt ica l ( i \5s 13U, 142, Tablc 3) .

I In advcrbial subordinatc clauscs.

I Al.o in main clauscs, sincc thc ncgativc fbrrns of thc Complcx Vcrb Fonnsiw slm.n=J' I iw s(m.ntw,J and thc vcrbal scJm.nl'arc iclcnrical (s$ l3g. l42,Tablc3) .

Nominal Verb Forms:Emphatic Construction

Verbal Forms:main clauses and

subordinate clausesaffirmative negated affirmativc negatcd

INDICATIVE

Aorist Active irr=f tm=f iri(.u,)Passivc irr.tw=f tm.tw=l' ir i(.w)

Circumst.sQm-JlOld Pcrf.

Activciri4'

Old Pcrf.2(condi t ion)

n i r i .n{ ', . 2

nn srt, ltr sdm

@n + inil2Passivc iri .ru'-f n iri.nfw=f '

Pcrfcct

Activc iri.n=f tm.n-J iri(.w)iri.nJ ßms.)Old Pcrf.(intr. movcm.)

, ' . 1n trt=f '

(rt iri.r--fl

Passivc iri4{trtiri.nrwJ

tnrJ iri(.w)QK)ynr.nsa,=f iri(.w)

rr' l + nounOld Pcrf.(pron. sub.ject)

t1 iri-Jtor't^ 1

rt t t ' t . tw-I '

h iri.t=l\

Future( Prospcctivc)

Activc iri(.u,)L tm(.u')=.f iri(.w) ir i(.v,)=f imiJ'ir iQr)

Passivc iri(.u,)ty,=f rm(.w)rw,=J' iri(.u,) iri(.w,)tw,J not attestcd

SUBJUNCTIVE

Activc iriJ' tm4' iri(.u,) it i-f ieli=f iri(.u)

Passivc iri.v'tw=l' iri.ru'4' not a t tcs tcd

'Lrsl,R 2 - SuFplx CON.Ilrc,t t ' l0N


$ 142 8) NEGATION of the COMPLEX VERB FORMS with iw ($$ 90-94)

a ) T h e f o l l o w i n g n e g a t i v e ' : T : - a r e t h e n e g a t i v e ' e q u i v a l e n t s o f t h e P R E S E N TpERFEcr ponrr,rs iw slnt.n=f ts öi"l ""olw"+

ora Perfective ($ 9l c):

' n sdm-J(formalty identical with n sdm| of the Perfcct sdn'ny'$ 138)

*^--" . !1, ' ] lS*) \ \ I i i n rdi=i s l ' i nclm"l did not turn my back to an Asiat ic

(i'e' did not flee)'"

o n-sp sdm4 (n-sp $ 133 + Subjunctive sdny'$ 75)

-^- ,i.,{'{}jl{h I ' l idl' n-sp iri 'v-i msdd'bt')r nh('t) "Nevcr did I do anvthing

hated'"

. n s { m . t ' . 1 ( 8 7 3 ' l )

{ ' } : . . . . - ^ - : ] , ' i ' !1pr 'n ' . . k " ' n f ip r ' t r t1 r 'w "That you carnc in to bc ing " ' t s

bcforc thc gods came into bcing'"

. n sdm=f (as ncgativc of iw + Old Pcrfcctivc \ 8l)

K h e o p s s a y s t o D j c d i : i l " ' ' : i ' l - , - t ' i ' ' \ l ; r ' ' l ' - - ' - - ^ 1 1 i r l l ' ^ : t : '

' i l * ' l i i

iw=k rb.ti trw n j-n('f) ip 'wt wrt 't Dhw'tv I-9". ul"i th:

i,ligcr of thc naoi of thc

sanctuary of Thoth''iDjcdi answcrs:-^-, t' l ' ' l -' -' -' ' ' r rl ' n rb'i tnw'

ir.y "I do not know thc numbcr thercof'"

b) n s|nt.n-J- ncgat ivc cquivalcnt of COMPLEX AORIST I iv ' (=f) sQnt=' f ($ 92)

(iclentical with n "'

' it"ittt" Cl"umsianLiat prcscnt sQnt=f ' $ I36)'

*- i 1,1 , , \ -^-- , . - ' 1 ' ' ' ct t pv'n r / i 'n=' f ' i ;=f "Hc is onc who rcturns; hc docs

not turn his back""

c) nn sglnt=f -ncgativc cquivalcnt of COMPT'EX FUTtjRE irl'=f r sc^f'?r ($ 94)

:- : iTl i l i l i l - -- lL '" ' nn ntsi=sr r t l r l "shcwi l l not givcbir th forctcmity '"

Thc foltowing tablc (Tablc 3) sumrnariscs thcsc constructions:

Negation of the Verb 85

T,rnlp 3 - Covpr.nx Vnne FonN,ts wlrtrrw

- \EGATION of thc TNFTNTTIVE (g$ 82_35)

.r ' \ \ i rh thc Negarivc Vcrb , lz ( \ I32)$ 143

. '; takcs the fonn of thc infinitivc; thc vcrb that carrics thc mcaning follows as a"'-gativc

Complcmcnt. This construction is usccl whcn thc infinitive cithcr l. scrvcs.. . J noun or 2. lo l lows a prcposit ion:

:,\ i l i, i l if ' '

tm w,ttm(.v,) lis ,,To not cat cxcr'rcnt.,, titlc of a spcll;Thc southcrn boundary madc in ycar 8, . . .

i;\ a i ** -n' i 'i,. -* i,,,,I ll,"i

. , . iorv that any Nubian pass i t ."

b ) -- rn + inf ini t ivc ' ,wi thout . . . - ing, '

':1 thls construction it is not the infinitivc as such but rathcr thc wholc clausc that is:rc-gätcd (cp. $$ 47, 57); primarily uscd in adverbial subordinatc clauses:

These things arc to bclong to your ron, l.jl i, " . iht.':tt rqli.t pslJ st n fird.w-J without allowing that hc <lividc thcm for his childrcn.,,

'0)NEGATIoN of PARTICIPLES, RELATIVE FORMS and thc süm.(y)--f(y)-FoRM g 144Thc ncgativc equivalcnts of thc participlcs, Rcrativc Fonns and thc sQm.tlt)-_j(y)-Form'rrc cxpressed with thc Ncgativc Verb tm. Thc Ncgativc Vcrb /,, takes onthc rclevantIonn and the vcrb that bears the meaning appcars as a Negative Complcmcnt (orinf ini t ive, g 134).

t .

r tm r/i(.w) sni sw Nltsy nh in ordcr not to

affirmative (g$ 90-94) negated (ö 142)

PE RFECT

iw sQm.n=f

ix,+ Old Perfective

C'orrpLex AoRrsr I

iw sQm.n{ he (has) heard

n sjm{ he has not heardn-sp + Subjuncrive sd.m4

he never heardn sQm.t{ he has not yet hearcl

iwJ iyi.w he has comeiw-J iri.w he has been macle

n iyiJ' he has not comen iri .tw4he has not been made

iw(-$ sdmi he hears n sjm.nJ he does not hcar

C'oupLEX FutuRB iw-J r s{m he will hcarnn sQm{ gvlirtdle Egyptian.yr * Future sQmJ'pta Egypt.)

he wil l not hear


S 145 a) NEGATION of the PARTICIPLES

1. Activein the active, the forms of thc impcrfective and perfcctive participles of tm are the

same and thcy can therefore not be distinguished:

i i* '"| ' .{.;\t i . ,! ' i* - !\., J\ l i \," ;,. -

l- , in ib s!1pr(.w) nh-J m sQm(.w) m

t m ( . w ) s | m ( . w ) ' ' I t i s t h e h e a r t ( i . e . m i n d ) t h a t f o r m s i t s o w n c r a S o n e w h o h e a r s o rone who does not hcar."It is not always clear whethet tmin Egyptian is imperfective since, whcn used in an

epithet, thc pcrfective participle can also havc prcscnt sense'

Jt',, ft ',.],,, \\ ' l

; '

)\\ ', it

âr.r mt(w).t tml swti(.w) "A ncw languagc which has

ncver corne to pass (lit.: passed by)'"

2. Passivc

a. ImPcrfcctive ParliciPlc

, '

\;\ <1, *. ",, i - tnt(-w) hnn(.w) wQ't-ntlw-J "onc, whosc command is ncvcr

transgressed."

b. Pcrfcctivc ParticiPlc, ,Al t lands;, ' ) ,N:1" i i [ ] , , i * '

' ' i l v( \ ' i i ' t^^(.*) !nrt( .w) st in kv'wv bi ' tvw

which havc ncver bccn trodden by other kings'"

Note: tmm(.w) is the pcrfcctive passivc participle of a 2-radical vcrb with gcmination'

ö 100-

$ 146 b) NEGATION of the RELATIVE FORM

.,: : r j r" ' . , ' r l '

-* , , , . , "- "

l l l \11 r tn s. t nh.t tm.rn(=i) i r i ( .w) mn.ww ln=s "Therc

was not any placc in which I did not makc monutncnts'"

$ 147 c) NEGATIoN of the sQm.ty--fy-FORM

{ ,. r,\ '. l;. .'rl'\- i \} ,1 ',,

I\ ":''hl(w) hr'J"But as for him who will

ilA9\,e.' ir grt.l!.t(y)--fy sw tm.t(y)"f(v)lose it (thc bordcr), who will not fight for it "'"

Questions 87

M) QUESTIONS

Qucstions are eithcr not specifically marked as such (i.e. they would have beenindicated by intonation) or they are introducecl by l]* i, or the later form i*i)iin-iw (g 34).

Word ordcr and syntax are the same as in statcments.

, **.]\f

,fi- ! t,i ' :, ir-i, ini.n=k mi kd ,,Haveyou brought everything?,,Interrogative pronoun.s and adverbs ($ 34) occupy thc samc position in a scntencc ascorrcsponding parts of spccch in statemcnts, c.g. in an Adjcctival Scntcnce ($ 56):

. ; i h

1i,;, t), pwsw.it(.y) ,,Who is he (lit. hc is who), thc onc who enters? ,, Hcrc pw(for pw, /'r' "who?" $ 34) takcs the placc oian adjectiu", ..g. ,,f, ($ SO)Thc cnclitic particlcs , (i)t 4 o. -- - 1 ,' to 3g) oftcn appcar in qucstions of all sorts:

' , i , , " I l :11 isr, t r i !1. t , ,What is thc thins?,,

N) EPBXEGBSIS

A pronominal subjcct can be spccificd by a namc or noun at the encl of a scntcncc:t f \ ]

' I b'i4'R''w "May he risc' (narncly) Rc." (thc namc "Khcphrcn,', scc s r53)' l . l i , l . . A, i* i ; , . : ,r,r i l i l . , r j i msi=s ir4.si nw,Rwql_{d.t, ,Arwhatt imc thcnri'ill shc give birth, (namcly) Ruclj_djedet?,,

s 148

$ r4e

$ rsOO) RELATIVE CLAUSESRclativc clauscs arc attribute clauses, i.c. they function likc adjcctives in that thcyqualify an antcccdcnt (a prcccding noun or pronoun). Like adjectives, they can arso beuscd as nouns. Not onry adjectives ($ 24b), pu,ti.ipt", is r o:) una R"tu,iu" Forms (g r r 0),but also non-vcrbal and verbal

"iuur"r'äun ,".u" as attributcs. Although Egyptianparliciplcs and, in particular, Rclative Fonns usually havc to be translatcd into Englishas rclativc clauses, only non-verbal and vcrbal clauses which are uscd as attributes aretruc Rclativc Clauses.

Thc word to which an adcctive, participlc or Relative Form rclates (the antecedcnt)can bc either determined or uncleterminid. with Relativ" ctuurlr, rrowcver, Egyptiandistinguishes betwcen these fwo types of anteccclents.


$ 151 1) Relative Clause - as attribut e of a determined antecedent

Here, the antecedent is known and specific - in translation this

definite u.ti.r. i'itttl;' The Relative Ölause is introduced by a

which agrees in gender and number with the antecedent'

is indicated bY theRelative Adjective,

a) I f thcantecedent is ident ica lw i th thesub jcc to f thcRe la t i vcClausc , thcn the la t te ris not spccifi"utty.*ptt"tJU* is implicit in thc Rclative Adjcctive itsclf:

, i1,1. ll l i* \.|q,,1; rm! Km.t n.t(t)w im 1n'-J "the Egvptians who

wcre therc with hirn"' (prcdicatc of Rclativc Clausc: advcrb)

: , ,1 ' , , ' ] *y f - ' .T N\ ' i l l ' ' t t th ' t n ' r s i n ' t (y ) t mr ' t i "cach l i rnb o f a r ran wh ich is

,l.L';. lpr"dicatc of Rclativc Clause: Old Pcrt-cctivc)

b) I f thcantcccdcnt isno / idcn t ica lw i th thcsub jcc to t 'n " -1 - t :1 : "eClausc ' thcn i t i sncccssary to rcfcr back to thc antcccdcnt by rncans ofa resumptlvc pronoun:

u, 1ll ]-, *. , -. ] ** '1,,,. i.i j i:,, - - ' )sh l1.tv.si n.sr'r' inrJ"thc ship in which thc princc was"'

1 t;l , ... r .' \1" \i'1.., l A np' pw' t1.i)- hr'Jm lsnl"this god whosc facc is (that of) a dog"'

. : . ' ' ' i l * , - . . , , ' l i ; i . i i l . ' , ' " i i i t ; t - i - l

i r ' ry '1; ip.n n;y yr l l ( \ ' ,n) im=sn "thcsc your

cycs with which you '""'; ' (prcclicatc of Rclativc Clausc: Aorist sim=fl

c )Thcrcsumpt ivcpronoun(swin thc , fo l low in€exarnp lc ) isa lsoncccssarywhcnthc

antcceclcnt i , t f r" oU1"., . l , , ; i l { , , , , i ' i1 i . , ' , " . . . ^.

, ' i , ;q '"* . i ' ) ' t

p; t hnk' t " 'n ' ty

r d i . n ' i n = t n S w , , T h c b r c a d a n d b c c r . . . * t ' i . t , , I h a v c g i v c n t o y o u . ' ' ( p r c d i c a t c o fRelativc clausc: nominal sQm'n=fl

d ) A n a d v c r b c a n t a k c t h c p l a c c o I a p r c p o s i t i o n F r c s u m p t i v c p r o n o u n ( c p . $ S | 0 4 . 1 0 5 )

li$..... ] t i\ hi bw n.ty ntr.v'im "the placc whcrc thc gods are"'

Relative Clause appcars as a dcpendent pronoun and

., s.fn pn n.ty wi lr 'J "this situation in which I am"'

RELATIVE ADJECTIVB

Relative Clauses 89

It can also appear as a suffix-pronoun, particularlyrvhere the subject is in the 2nd or3rd person, in which case n.e4 is usually written .1-l :t \ \ * ' ' r i

. , ) -...._ I ,\rr hw n.ty-J im "the place where he is".

Note: r,r.. ' ' ' n./y nh "everyone who", "whoever',

f) Like an adjcctive, a Rclative Clausc can also be uscd as a noun, i.e. absolutclv.without an antecedcnt:

; , llrro lr..r' i .. n.tyw m Sms{ "those who arc in his following";

-,'. '. , 'I l\. n.t(y)t nb.t im{ "cvcrything that/whatcver is in him/it,,.

g) Ncgat ivc Rclat ivc Adject ive: , . . \ ' . , ,^, , , i r , . ry, t . ,1, ' , i r , . tyt . , ,onc who docs not . . . , '" ^ -

| / i \ \

, .r lr : iw.ty mi .tyJ "onc who docs not havc his cqual".' - ^ - ,

' , \v . , iw. ty n-J "onc who has noth ing" (cp. $58 b) , a lso, . " i ) i iw. ty sw "a havc-not, a paupcr".

Note: i , i , , , , n . ty t iw, . ty t " that which is and which is not" : "cvcryth ing" .

2) Rclat ivc Clausc - as at t r ibutc of an undetermined antcceclcnt

A non-vcrbal or vcrbal clausc whosc fonn is idcntical to an indcpcndcnt clausc canfunction as a Rclativc Clausc. Thcsc "virtual Rclativc Clauscs" follow thcir antcccclcntparatactically but arc not introduccd by a Rclativc Adjcctivc. Only thc context cnablcsonc to rccognisc thcm as attributcs of an antcccdcnt. In thcsc cascs, a rcsutnptivcpronoun always rcfcrs back to the antcccdcnr.

] \ j ' l ^ : - r1, , , 'ä . n l r pw cr t t ln sr t .nw=f "Hc is indccd a gocl whosc sccond(cqual) docs not cxist." (Rcsurnptivc pronoun l. Thc clausc could also bc translatcdparatactically: "Hc is indccd a god. His cqual docs not cxist".)

! f ;$ ] r l l j l - - -

l l i ' " . , " * , , f m i .s i w , r tm. r t= f B .w t t .w , t t . t , , l i kc a man who

has catcn thc fruit of thc sycamorc." (Rcsurnptivc pronoun f; w,nm.n-J is actually aPcrfcct sglm.nJ' in a subordinate clausc tS 71.2], which coulcl also bc translatcd "likc arnan, aftcr hc has eatcn thc fruit of the sycamorc".)

Advcrbial subordinatc clauscs of time or circumstancc with iw (N 46 b) (l) or with anOld Pcrfcctivc (2) frequcntly occur as such an attribute of an undctennincd antccedcnt:

$ rs2

90 Appendix - RoYal TitularY

(r) '- '1i' i\Fl) l.$,"" :Sq ,\\.--- \\i(i g';.,=i ttft.w pw iw-J m ivi't "I

iiscovered it was a snake which was approaching'"

(2) ̂*-l\hili l \\1L._1, -rii i i l* I l i. i.\,. l\." . ' . tln.wy md,mhnhn.t=sn tbb.w

m hr.t ,,two obelisks of finc gold whose pyramidions rningle with thc sky"'

P) APPENDIX

s I 5 3 I . T H E T I T U L A R Y A N D O T H E , R D E S I G N A T I O N S o F T H E K I N G

nlrh.t, of an Egyptian King cornprises fivc titlcs and nalncs:ÄN

l. Thc Horus narrc is usually written vcrtically within thc pa.lacc-fatod" ffi upon

which thc Horus-falcon is p"än"a, somctimcs wcaring thc double-crown' Thc Horus-

falcon on thc facadc is thc writing for thc titlc Hr.w "Horus"' Thc namc can also bc

writtcn horizontally following thJ Horus-falcon without thc crown and facadc (sec

cxamplc bclow).

2.The ,'Two Laclics,,-namc follows the titlc lulii, nb.ry, which refcrs to thc fwo

goddcsses of the crowns,Nfib't of Elkab andW]cJ'yt of Buto'

3. Thc ,,Goldcn Horus"-name follows thc titlc i ' 's Hr.r'-rhr" probably "Horus (madc)

o f go ld" .

4. Thc prcnomcn fbllows the titlc,l,fi ' ,t, bl./v, "King of Upper and Lowcr Egypt"'

T h e p r e n o m e n i s u s u a l l y f o r m c d w i t h t h c n a m c o f t h e s u n - g o d R e t . r a n d i s w r i t t e nwithin a cartouchc.

5. The ,,Son of Re,,-namc (nomcn) follows thc titlc \,. .s-l Rc.w. It is also writtcn

within a cartouchc. lt is the namc bomc by thc king beforc his accession and conforms

to the currcnt dynastic tradition (l2th Dynasty: Amencmhet, Sesostris; l8th Dynasty:

Amcnhotep, Thutmosis; lgth / 20th Dynastics: Scti' Ramesses)'

Today, following thc ancient Grcek tradition, we rcfer to kings by their "Son of Re"

names, whercas tne ngyftians of the old Kingdom uscd the Horus namc, and thosc of

the Middle ana N"*äingdoms prefcned the nsw bi.ty name, when referring to the

king by only one name.

Appendix - Syllabic Writing 9l

Example of a complete titulary (Thutmosis tII):

Hr.w kl n!,tt flci-m-W)s.t

Nb.ty Wlh-nsy.t mi RC.w m p.t

Hr.w-nbw Sfint-pl1.ty Qsr lc.w

Nsw bi.ty Mn-!1pr-Rc.v,

Si Rc.w Qhwty-ms nJ'r !1pr(.u,)

"Horus: Thc strong bull who appears in Thebcs; Two Ladics: Enduring of king-ship likc Rc in hcaven; Golden Horus: Mighty of strcngth, holy of diadcms; Kingof Uppcr and Lower Egypt: Menkheperre ('The fonn of Re endures'(?)); Son of Re :Thutmosis, pcrfcct of forms".

Thc tcnn "Pharaoh" (< Hcbrcw < pr.v, () "Grcat Housc", i.c. palacc) is notuscd for thc rulcr until thc l8'n Dynasty; cp. "Downing Strcct", "Thc Whitc Housc".

2. SYLLABTC- (GROUP-) WRTTTNG g 154

In ordcr to writc words such as forcign nalncs, loan words or magical spclls in such a waythat thcy might bc concctly pronounccd, thc Egyptian script, which lackcd vowcls,developcd its own distinctivc systcrn. Certain groups, gcnerally consisting of at lcast twoEgyptian signs, thc last of which is cithcr w, i or i, wcrc uscd to writc opcn syllablcs(consonant + vowel). Here the (often unccrtain) vocalisation of somc of thcse:

t [5 ; ! f i N i ;

I t l t I i , , i ] i ," , ! ] l \ , ' ,

i,il ''.) I /F""1 r .,I ., ,,

:,,K,7r, i] )(, ir i ' , . ihIr,) )

r i lrl \i.r l t \

] , * I , l. " ,

1il,rlb

- . rrZl ' [ \

rlÄ )''\lilrt /

N\\

t r l l

ct, I

,u

nu

CI

ba, bi

bu

pct, pi

ma, mi, mu

na, la

n i

/ + vowcl

: , .' ''',

] r ,1',ttnt, ' [\

I t

Itr.li N

rQ, n

ri

ru

ha, hi, hu

sa, si

SU

la, lu

ta, ti

!a, !i, lu

da, cli, elu

92 Sign List

III. STCN LTST

The numbers following the signs refer to the more extensive list in Gardiner's Eg'tpt-

ian Grammar, from *"6i"t thä division into groups with their alphabctic designation

has becn adoPted.

L. : Logogram (also: Ideogram), Ph' : Phonogram' D' : Detcrminative' Ph'D' :

Phonetic Dcterminative

A. MEN

yi A (l) Seated man. L' i$ 'ri "man"' D' man'^1ale occupations' malc

pcrsonal names. L. suffix i "1" D. in Il ' l, people, groups of pcople'

jj"l Q) Scated man with hand to mouth or hcad' D' eat' be hungry' drink'

speak, think, fccl.

Man kncel ing. D. si t .

Man with raised anns' D. worship; hidc'

Man hiding. D. hidc.

Man bcing (ritually) washcd. D' pure, purily, purity'

Man sinking to ground. D. bc wcary, wcak'

Man stcadying baskct on hcad' D' carry, load, work'

Man with oar. D. in sÄdw "sai l" ' , , .

Soldicr with bow and quivcr. L. l{ nl.(' "army". D. anny, cncmy'

Man with hands bound. D. cncmy, rebcl'

Falling man with blood strcaming frorn hcad' D' dic; cncmy'

Fal l ing or fal lcn man. L. ' t ' ' l , ' ' " fal [" ' D' fal l ' cncmy'

Man bowing down. D. bcnd, bow'

Chifd sitting on lap. L- llrd "child"' D' child; bc young'

Bcnt man leaning on staff. y.i ' i\ i l* "old", srtJl4' "cldest"'

wr "prince". D. old.

)ji (3)

),ii (4)lNs.' lp (5)

ili (6)

iitt (j)

;iil (e)

fi l (ro)r t{,!;i' ( 12)

üI (r3)i i ' i{, (14)

: r , " , ( 15 )

h (16)

lh (r7)

}l (re)

Sign List 93

|fl A (21) Man standing with staff. L. * sr "official". D. noble, courtier,friend, statue.

|fi, (22) Statue of a man with staff and sceptre. D. in twt.w "stafue", i/i.y"sovereign".

t\üt Q, King with staff and mace. D. in iti.y "sovcreign".

1l Qq Man striking with stick. D. for actions involving effort: strike,rob, teach, be strong.

'llrJl (25) Man with stick in one hand. L. hw,i "smitc".

--1\ri l (26) Man with onc arrn raiscd. D. call.

' i l 11\ßJs (27) Man hastening with one arrn raised. In prcposition tS ir "by".

\ i j , |.ld (28) Man with raiscd anns. D. joy, mourning, high. L. fr/i "bc high,

cxaltcd".'ilrllr (29) Man upsidc-down. D. shd"be upsidc down".{.:il

rt) (30) Man with anns in attitudc of prayer. D. pray, praisc, plcad, grcct.; , r!t (32) Man dancing. D. dancc, rcjoicc.l,ti j (33) Man with stick and bundle. D. wandcr, travcl. L. mniv,"hcrdsman".

Lr'l' t i (34) Man pounding, with mortar. D. f lvr'.sl pound, build.I l . i i

l i . t l (35) Man bu i ld in S .L . kd "bu i ld " . D . bu i ld .! ) r

, "il (36) Man bcnding ovcr a vcsscl. L. D. cJ'.ty "brcwcr".t,l1''l (40) Scatcd god with bcard. D. god. L. sufflx i "1" (whcn a god

spcaks).

l, ' ; 41142) King with bcard, uracus (and flail). D. king. L. sufflx i "1" (whcn

a king spcaks) Variants: iii(a+:), ,iji (n++),,,i(oot), nr;i 1a+o;.

\E @7\ Scatcd hcrdsman with staff an<l mar. r-.'tl i it i) rrnir,"hcrclsman". D.

hcrdsman. L.D. sjN, "to guard; guard". Also for \jl tgAl., t,i! '| (49) Syrian with stick. D. forcigncr.

tr)t (50) Seatcd man of rank; can replacc A I or ,A.5 I . L. suffix I "1".n qtl

l; i (51) A50 with flail. L. .fps "noble". Ph. Jps. D. noblc person.

mry#m hf {

"t, ,.

.:;

94 Sign List

A (s2)

(s 3)(s4)

(5s)

1,jj

d+n

/Jt" : i

ii{ I ; l

f-'-j

Noble squatting with flail. D. noblc; also used in place of A5l .

Standing mummy. D. mummy, statuc, image, form.

Recumbent mummy. D. death, coffin.

Mummy on bed. D. lie, slccp, die; corpse.

B. WOMEN

Seatcd woman. D. woman, fcmale occupations, fcmale personalnamcs. L. suffix i "I" (whcn a woman spcaks).

Prcgnant woman. D. iwr "conccivc", bkl "be pregnant".

Woman giving birth. L. rz.si "givc birth". D. givc birth.

Woman suckling child. D. sucklc, nursc, carc.

Quccn with diadern and flowcr. D. narnc of quccn.

(Gardincr A48) Wcavcr with sticks . L. iri .t "wcavcr". Ph. iry.

C. ANTHROPOMORPHIC DEIl ' IES

God with hurnan hcad and sun-disk. L. Rc.N,"Rc" (sun-god).D. sun-god.

God with falcon hcad, sun-disk and sign of l i fc: l ikc Cl.

Cod with hcad of ib is. L. D. Qlm,. ty "(gocl) Thoth".

God with hcad of rarn. L. D. Hnm.u, "(god) Khnurn".

God with hcad of a caninc. L. D. ' lnJt. t r ,"(god) Anubis"-

God with hcad of Scth-animal. L. D. "(god) Scth".

Ithyphallic god with f-cathcrs, raiscd arrn ancl llail. L. D. Mnw,"(god,r

Min" .

Goddcss with homs and sun-disk. L.D. Hw.t-.Hr'.n, "(goddcss) Hathor"

Coddcss with fcathcr on hcad. L. D. Ml'i "(godclcss) Maat".

Knccling god with anns upliftcd (supporting thc sky), with or without

on his head. L.Hh, "(god) Hch"; hh numcral "rr i l l ion". Ph hh.

c (12)

( l 7 )

( l 8 )

ri B ( l )

(2)

(3)

(5)

(7)

(8)

'(t)'

D (1 )

(2)

(3)

(a), , r . (J/6)

(e)( l 0 )

( 1 7 )

( l 8 )

( l 9 l t t

(2 t )

(24)

(25 t

(26)

(21 \

(28)

(2e)

' ]

, a r -

r | 1)

,;r l1 \

'f..

.5)

l t , l

l l r l-r

l.liri l

'ti;

;tJ'l'l l

.4^ / l) " I

..I) " 1

l'lI

ljr

', 'ri

i ; t I).:,-

c ( l )

(2)

(3)

(4)

(6)

(1 )

( ri)

(e)( l 0 )

( 11 )

t r

n

t'{d

1 : , 1 ) D ( 1 )

'iir,

(2)

(3)

(4)

, " ' : ' (516)

(e)( 10 )

( l 7 )

( r8)

(19t20)

(2t )

(24)

(2s)(26)

(27)

(2{J)

(2e)

Sign List 95

C (12) God with double feather crown. L.D. Tmn.w "(god) Amun".

(17) God with falcon head and double feather crown. L.D. Mn!.w "(god)Month".

(18) God with double fcather, homs and sun-disk. L.D. (Tl)-lrzn "(god)(Ta)-tenen".

.".)

D. PARTS OF THE HUMAN BODY

Hcad in profilc. L. /p "hcad". D. hcad, back of hcad, back;forchcad, front. Ph. tp.

.?

Facc. L. hr"facc".Ph. hr.

Lock of hair. D. hair, sorrow, widow; barc, crnpfy; colour.

Eyc. L. l/ '.r "cyc". D. cyc, scc, blind, cry, wakc, watch. Ph. ir

Eyc with cyc-paint or cycbrow. D. scc, blind, wakc.

Eyc with tcars. L. rnl "cry" . D. cry.

Hurnan cyc with markings of f'alcon's hcad. L. D. u,ql).t "wed.jal-cyc".

Lowcr part of wed.jot-cyc. L. D. ti.t "figurc, irnagc"

Ear. L. D. r?.r4lr "car".

Nosc with cyc and chcck. L. firrl "nosc". D. nosc, srncll,facc, joy; bc angry. Ph.D. in /rnr (liom /urr "facc").

Mouth. L. r ' j "rnouth". Ph. r ' .

Uppcr lip with tccth. L. r7./ "cdgc, borclcr".

Lips. L. . ' : . !p.ry " l ips". D. l ips.

Lips issuing l iquid. D. spi t , vorni t , blccd.

Brcast. L. ' nlrrl "brcast". D. brcast; sucklc, nursc.

Outsprcad arrns. L. k/ "thc Ka" (thc lit-c-forcc, a fonn ofthc soul) . Ph. tr .

D28 on standard Rl2. L. ftj "thc Ka" as a divinc cntity.

./l\

' ';1

11 il".1-

96 Sign List

(p0'{

il])

D (31 )

(32)

(33)

(34)

(3 s)

(36)

(37)

(38)(3e)

(40)(41 )

(42)

(43)

(44)

(4s)

(46)

(41)

(4e)

(50)

(504)

(s l )(s2)(53)

Combination of D32 and U36. L. hm-kl "kc-priest"'

Arms in attitude of embrace. D. embrace, open'

Arms engaged in rowing.L. hni "row"' Ph' bn'

Arms with shield and battle-axe. L. ch) "fight; weapon, fighter".

Arms in attitude of ncgation. L. n and nn "'*' "not"' itd'ly

"who .... not". D. be ignorant, forgct' Ph' n'

F o r e a r m . L . " a r m " , " h a n d " . P h . t '

A l s o f o r a I ' i i N ' \ ' ' " ' I ( D 3 7 '

38, 40, 42), csP. in hicratic texts'\

Forcarm with'l\-brcad. L. in the root t' t rQi "givc"' also in

thc impcrat iv" l j \ ' ; , imi"givc" ' Ph' d, d and m'

Foreann with round brcad. D. in ini "givc" ' Ph' nti and n'

Forcann with sphcrical vcsscl. D' offcr, prcscnt, sacriticc'

Forcarm with stick in hand; usccl in placc of 11 424'

Forcann, palm facing downwarcls, uppcr ann bcnt' D' arrn'

shouldcr; bcnd' sing' ccasc' pausc' rcfusc'

Likc D4I but with uppcr arln straight' L' ntlt "cubit"' D' cubit'

Forcarrn with f' lail. L. !v'i "protcct"' Ph' !w''

Ann with 'bi-sccptrc. L.D. l rp "control , guidc, lcad" '

Arrn with a nhh.t-sccptrc. L. D. /'rr' "splcndid, holy"'

Hand. L. , ' c|r.t. Ph- d.

Hand with curvcd palm. D. rü"/ "hand"'

Fist. D. grab, conqucr.

Fingcr. L. 4lt'"fingcr". D. fingcr' Ph' c-lbc in nurncral 10'000'

Two fingcrs. D. straight, cxact'

Horizontal f ingcr. L. cn-t "nai l , c law"' D' nai [ ' c law' mcasurc' takc'

Phal lus. D. rnalc. Ph. mt. Ph. and D' Äi '

Phallus with fluid issuing from it' D' urinatc; poison; husband' L' in

N I ' ' .n-b;/z " in front of ' .

o r l

0 l

( ) i l

., :)

'i" l

l i i iI

i\\,

il

i1' \

r'Ii| , ) \

J J l

Sign List 97

D (54) Legs walkin g.L.A\t ir; "come". D. walk, approach,hurry, halt, hesitate. L. nmt.t "step, movement".

(55) Legs walking backwards. D. backwards, turn about; again.

(56) Lcg. L. rd "foot". D. leg, foot, thigh. Ph. tt) pd,127wcr,(3) sbk, (\ gh or ghs.

(s8) Leg. Ph. ö.

(60) D58 combined with a vcsscl frorn which watcr flows. L. w'b "purc".

(61) Tocs. L. s i l " toe". D. toc. Ph. .s l l .

E. MAMMALS

Bull. L. t-i "bull, ox". D. cattlc, hcrd.

Aggrcssivc bull. L. in,.'4 f ; nftl "strong bull" (cpithct of thc king).

Calf. D. Calf, cattle.

Horsc. L. ssm.t "horsc". D. horsc, tcam.

Donkcy. L. D. ci "donkcy".

Kid. D. small cattlc. Ph.D. and Ph. ih.

Ncw-born antclopc. Ph. in,.

Rarn. D. ram, shecp. D. flnm.w "(god) Khnum".

Pig. D. rri "pig".

Cat. D. ntiw "cat".

Dog (slughi). D. dog.

Recurnbcnt jackal or dog. L. ' lnp.w "(god) Anubis".

D. Anubis.

El5 on a shr ine; l ikc E15. L. hr.y sJ/ j "hc

who is over the sccrets".

Jackal. L. D. slb'Jackal, judge".

j r ,o t E ( l )

;r l Q)'I l

(3)

i::tt (6)5,t (i)

llr,r,l (B),'it-,-,.t (9)

i , l ( 10 )' t t

i l ( 12)

fu (r3),\' ll (r4)' l ' ' \

( r5 )

r l ;N , (16)

Iru (17)

98 Sign List

'};x E (18) wolf (? a canine) on a standard. L. or D.wpi-w).w/ "the opener of

the ways", "(god) WePwawet"'

The Seth-animal. L. Stft, Swty, "(god) Seth". D. Seth, turmoil,

storm, thunder.

E20 recumbent. D. turmoil, storm.

Lion. L. mJi" l ion". D. l ion.

Recumbent lion. L. ru, "lion". Ph. rw,ln(.

Panther. L.D. )hy "panther".

Elephant. D. )hw "elephant". Ph-D- ibw "Elephantine"'

Giraffe. D. sr "foretell", mmy "giraffe".

Goat with cylindcr-seal hung about its neck. L. D. s'/r "rank,

honour".

Descrt hare. Ph. wn.

F. PARTS OF MAMMALS

Hcad of ox. Replaccs El ftl "ox" in offering formula'

Hcad of hippopotamus. Ph.D. j.r "strcngth". Ph' il '

Forepart of a lion. L. hl.t "bcginning' front", hl.ty"heart" '

Hcad of antelope. Ph. Jsl. Inaccuratcly Ph.D' in sJi'

Forepart of anteloPe. Likc F5.

Hcad of ram. D. in -. ' ''74; .f / "ram, head of ram" and . - { {' ' tO

.f.yr "majesty, honour, worth, dignity".

Forcpart of ram. Like F7.

Head of leopard. Written fwicc: L. D.ph.ty "strength"'

Hcad and neck of an animal' D. throat; swallow'

Form of Fl0 in the Old Kingdom.

Head and neck of a canine. Ph. wsr.

Horns of ox. L. ltp./ "crown of head, horns". Ph. wp'

(20)

4,-J el)1, r\" (22)

-4'.\ (23)o.nrzr\ (24)

ff^ e6)tr; ej)6,t (31)

!i':" (34)

y l F ( l )

(-.lr (3)

, s) (4)

)!/{ (5)

)t1 (6)'7c,

Q)

W (s)?l (e)

f (10)' f ( l l ),-11 1tz1v (13)

:::_ F (16)

N ( 1 7 )

, ( 1 8 )

\ 1zo;: (21)

.l, (22)

,.. i (23)

(2s)ri;ii (26)' (27)',

(28)

"r' eg)

r, (30)

; i i ( 31 )

i:, (32)

\-\ (33)

" (34)

(35)

(36)1r

e:-)r) (39),\ (40)

, i (41)

(42)

:'\ (44)

Sign List 99

Horn. L. db"horn". D. horn. Ph.ch.

Fl6 and a vessel from which liquid issues. L. D. cäw "purification".

Elephant tusk. D. tooth; bite, laugh. Ph. hh, hw.

Tongue. L. rus "tongue"; im.y-r) "overseer". D. tongue; taste. Ph. ns.

Ear of ox. L. msQr "ear". D. ear; hear, be deaf. Ph. sQm, idn.

Hind part of a lion. L. ph.wy "hind quarters". Ph. or Ph.D. ph, tdl.

Foreleg of an ox. L. bp! "foreleg, arm". D. forelcg, arm, strength.

Leg of an ox.L. whm.t "hoof'. Ph. whm.

Skin of goat. L. fin.t "hide, skin". Ph. ftn.

Hide of ox. D. hidc, leather, mammal.

Variant of F27. L. s3ä "dappled, variagated" in T],i slh lw.ty

"variagated of fcathcrs" (cpithct of god Horus).

Hide of ox pierced by arrow. L. D. s/i "shoot". Ph. sr.

Water-skin. Ph. Jd.

Three fox skins tied togcther. Ph. ns.

Belly of anirnal with teats and tail. L. ä./ "torso, body". Ph. lr.

Tail. D. sd "tail". Ph.D. sd.

Heart. L. ib (occasionally also ht.ty) "heart". D. hcart.

Heart and windpipe. Ph. nfr.

Lung with windpipc. Ph. sml.

Backbonc with ribs. L.D. il.t "back".

Backbone with marrow issuing from it. Ph. iml!.

Backbone with marrow issuing from both cnds. Ph. jw.

Backbone with vertebrae. D. psj "back", Jc./ "slaughter".

Rib. L. .!pr "rib". Ph. spr. Confusion with Nl l.

Leg bone of ox with meat attached. Originally two signs (seldom

100 Sign List

F (44) distinguished) for: - .i h1(") D 1;;;l;'thigh of o*"' Ph' and Ph'D' iwc'

(b) D. in 1 \'r)' l '"

sw'/ "leg of beef'' Ph' isw'

, ', ' (4614'7) Intestines' D' intestines ' Ph' klh' pftr' clbn' D' turn around'

,::\ (51) Piece of meat' D' meat' bodily part'

tl (52) Excrcment' D' lrs "excrerncnt"'

-

---.

\\ c (r)\; (4)'i;\. (s)i'\ (7)

.J:.,ini:.(-;rl

\1.,[,].\

l.\"., ö ! r !

{\

(7A)

(8)

(e)

( l 0 )

( l l )

( 1 4 )

( ls )

, ( 1 6 )

G. BIRDS

Egyptian vulrurc' Ph' l

Long-lcggcd buzzard.nl-t' ,, n :- ,irt, . (i... bift ,,farcon,,.

Falcon. L. Hr.w' "(god) Horus"' D' in 'i I

Falcon on a standard. D. gocl; in hicratic tcxts regularly used in placc

of A40.

Falcon in boat' L' Nm'ty "(god) Ncmty"'

Falcon on Sl2. L ' Hr 'u '-nhw"'Horus of Gold" ( t i t lc of k ing' Sl53) '

Falcon with sun-disk' L' Rc'u-H r'u'4t3'ty "(gocl) Rc-Harakhtc"'

Sokar-barquc. D' in r^l;r "(gocl) Sokar"; hrl"'Henu-Barquc" of Sokar'

Imagc of falcon' D' in c'frn (cl1m'cl3nl "divinc imagc"'

Vulturc. D. vul turc ' Ph' ru 'ra" ntwl ' mt '

Vulture with flail ' L' Mw't "(goddcss) Mut"'

The vulturc-goddcss Nckhbct and thc snakc-goddcss Uto on baskets'

i.^,vfiy "rnJfwo Ladics" (titlc of king' $ 153)'

' ' l \ .

1\h)

\ t

\rl"\i:

\,'-

\,.4 t \

(17) Owl . Ph ' n '

(21) Scnnär guinea-fowl' f-' 't;1; nh "neh-bird"' Ph' rlt '

(22) HooPoe' Ph' 4h'

(23) Lapwing' L' rlty't "subjects' commoners"' Ph'D' in the same word'

(24) Lapwing with twistcd wings' Likc G23'

e)i

4_F_T

b^F

4

F:K)ilr-

-( . .

4,,,(\,T-

i\

N

N2\>

Sign List 101

G (25) Crcsted ibis. L. )! " akh-spirit" (the transfigured deceased). Ph. lb.

(26) Ibis on a standard. D. in Bhw.e "(the god) Thoth".

(21) Flamingo. D. flamingo. Ph. dJr.

(28) Black ibis. Ph. gm.

(29) Stork. L. b) " ba-spüt" (the empowered spirit of the deceascd). ph. bi.

(30) Thrce storks . L. bl.w "souls, power".

(31) Heron. D. hnw "phoenix".

(32) Heron on a perch. L. D. h(h "be inundated".

(33) Egrct (?). L. sdl "seda-bird". Ph.D. sdl "trcmblc".

(35) Cormorant. Ph. '&.

(36) Swallow. Ph. wr.

(31) Sparrow. D. small, cvil, incomplctc, empty, sick.

(38) Goosc or duck (not always distinguishcd frorn G39). L. )pd "bird".D. goosc, bird, flying anirnals (c.g. grasshoppcr).

Ph. .qb in ?,,,. l l i i l Ghh "(goclof carth) Geb".

(39) Pintai l duck. Ph. si .

(40) Flying duck. L. , ' , . r , , 'o- pj " f ly". Ph. p).

(41) Duck al ight ing. D. al ight, bird. Ph.D.lrr . Appcars as D. for noapparcnt rcason in various words; also in placc of G40.

(42) Duck. L. w.f i "fattcn". D. in dfl "provisions".

(43) Quai lchick. Ph. w.

G7) Duckl ing. L. l i "duckl ing". Ph. r i .

(48) Thrce ducklings in ncst. D. .fr "ncst".

(4g) Three ducks' heads protruding from watcr. L. D. i",).r.{ "bird-pool", "nest".

(51) Egret (?) catching fish. D. to fish.

t ; , '

$&thlr

g

F-

102 Sign List

& c (52)

N (s3)@ (s4)

H ( l )

(2)

(3)

(4)

(s)(6)

(8)

" l

-1.

litt

't,

ffidF

l iI

\ \

Goose picking up grain' D' in snm "feed (transitive)"'

Bird with human head' L' b) "Ba-spirit" '

Trussed goose or duck. D' bird; offer' Ph' snQ'

H. PARTS OF BIRDS

Head of pintail duck. For G38' L' )ptt "bird"' D' w|n "wring neck

(of a bird)".

Head of a bird with a crcst' Ph'D ' mic ' wSm'

Hcad of a sPoonbill. tn'O' rtt:",.,

Hcad of vulture. Ph.D. nr in ' i'l \i' nr"w "terror"' In a

writing of rm1l|trJi "PcoPlc"'

Wings. D. wings: f lY.

Fcather. L. fJ I sr.r "feather"' Ph' sw' mlc't'

Egg.D.cgg; goddcss' L ' s l "son" '

T. AMPHIBIOUS ANIMALS AND REPTILES

Lizard(Tarentola mauritanica)' D' lizard' Ph' 'Ji'

Crocodile. L. msh "crocodile"' D' crocodilc; bc grccdy'

aggrcssive, angry.Two crocodiles: Ph' ' " iti 'y "sovereign"'

Crocodile, tail curvcd inward' Ph'D' slll "collcct (oncsclt)"'

Crocodilc tail with scalcs' Ph' km'

Frog. D. krr "frog"; I-Ift 'r "(goddcss) Hckat"'

Tadpole. Ph. hfn;numcral 100'000'

Horncd viper (Cerastes cerasles)' D' fathcr' Ph"f it'

Cobra. Ph. a/.

Cobra in position of attack' D' uraeus' goddcss'

Cobra on basket. D'Wl/'yt "(goddess) Wadjet" of Buto'

;1:;,,

I ( l )(3)

(s)(6)

(7)

(8)

(e)

(10)

( l 2 )

( 13 )

i,.t- t (t+)

Sign List 103

K. FISHES

Bulti-fish (Tilapia nilotica). D. fish. Ph. in.

A fish (Barbus bynni). Ph.D. in bw.l"abomination, taboo".E

A fish (Mugil cephalus). Ph. c/ in title r r 'd mr "administrator of a

district".

Oxyrhynchu s fish (Mo rmyrus kannume). Ph. h L

A fish (Petrocephalus hane).D. rm.w "fish". Ph. bs.

L.INSECTS AND SMALL ANIMALS

Dung bcctlc (Scarabaeus sacer). L. bpr "dung bcctle " . Ph. hpr.

Bce. L. bi .t "bcc" . Ph. hit.

Bivalve shell. Ph. !1t in !/w.t "offering table".

Scorpion. L. SrA.r "(Scorpion-goddcss) Sclkis".

M. TREBS AND PLANTS

Trce. D. trcc. Ph. ilm, im.

Hcrb. D. plant, flowcr.Ph. hn,ls; rarc: for suffix-pronounlst pcrson singular. . i " I" .

Branch. L.,, fi l "wood, trcc". D. wood, objcct of wood. Ph. lt.

Palm rib. D. bc young . Ph. rrtp.ln thc group )',: ', rnplsp (altcrnativc

rcading ltl.t-sp) "regnal ycar". Ph.D. in /r "timc"; often combincd

with othcr signs:.1, (M5), | 1vo; o. '1

(M7). Also in ' i [ ,

Tl-mri "Egypt".

Pool with lotus flowers. L. I'J'1 .li "lofus pool, mcadow". Ph. Ji;I fYeYj

)!1inthe group i;, , lfr.r "inundation (scason)".

.t.\t . t

ii,,t

r , \.(

K ( l )

(2)

(3)

(4)

(s)

L ( l )

(2)

(6)

(1 )

(J,t

II (4)

M ( l )

(2\

. , ] (8)

104 Sign List

a . - M (l l) Flower on long twisting stalk' L. D' wdn "offer"'

I f tZl Lotus flower.Ph. bl; numeral 1,000'

T f f :l Papyrus stalk. L. wlQ"papyrus plant, papyrus column"' Ph'w)8,wQ'

;fi (15) Clump of papyrus with buds hanging down' D' papyrus, watery

terrain, swamp, Lower Egypt. Ph- i!, mh.

(16) Clump of papyrus. Ph. hl, also mh (like Ml5)'

( l7 ) Rced. Ph. i .

(18) Reed combined with D54. ln rr'l;r, iyi "come"'

(19) Conical loaves bctwccn a slicc of brcad and a vesscl' L' D' ini ! . 1 1 / li,L,li , , cilr./ "offering".

r,, , .j

O0\ Threc rccds and thrcc shoots. L. and D iilf li ', .sfi./ "marsh land, flat

land, f ic ld". Ph. sn, in Placc of M21.

(21) Likc prcvious sign with a loop at sidc. r-. ]!]r, T;ir\\ ,r,, "hcrb, plant".

Ph. sru.

l Q2) Rush with shoots. Two signs: I 1 ph. ,,.

1 fzfl Plant. L. i ' '\

".tlt./-plant". Ph. .sw.

i (24) M23 cornbined with D2l '- Ph. r's.

i (26) plant, pcrhaps f lowcring form of M23 .L. !m( "Uppcr Egypt".Ph. Jl l lc.

,] tzq) Pod containing swcct fruit-Ph. n!m.

I f ,ol Swcct root (?). L. D. in ' '

n,rr "swcct".

ll! Qll32) Root of thc lotus plant. D. grow. Ph.D. rrl.

\i r \ (33) Thrcc grains. L. i '" i/ "barlcy". D. com, grain.

Y (34) Earof cmmer. L. D. in l i ' , iY na., ,uut ' Yl ' ' " ' ' " 'bel ' t "crnmcr" '

i \ (35) Heap of grain.D.ch(.w "hcaps, pi lcs".

f'f (36) Shcaf of flax.ph. Qr.

i] f+ol Bundlc of rceds. Ph. ls.

$' g2) Blossom (?). Ph. wn (oftcn replaccd by Zll)'

/ t \

l€\

@

I"'h, u 1+:;I 1++;

' , N ( t )'1' e)

' l l l l ' ( 4 )

(.) (5)

t,l (8)( ) (e)

( ) ( 10 )

, \ ( 11 )

/=\ (12)

,r. ( 14)

r,"r (6)

,ti (1)

Sign List 105

Vine trellis on prop. D. wine, garden, figs.

Thorn. D. thom, sharp. Ph. spd.

N. SKY, EARTH, WATER

Sky. L. D. p./ "sky". L. hr.y."upper, chief '.

Sky with something suspcnded from it. L. grh "night". D. night,darkness.

Water falling from sky. L. ild.t "dew". D. dew, rain.( " )

Sun. L. r'.h, "sun, day"; hrw.w "day"; in datcs i') is read sw.

D. sun, rise, yesterday, tomorrow, pcriod of time.

Sun with uracus. L. D. Rc.w "(sungod) Re".

Sun on thc sign T28. Abbrcviation ro. ll .1 .-\t"' fir.r-lrr-,.w "whatbclongs to the day".

Sun with rays. D. sunshinc, rays; rise. Ph. w,bn, hnmnt.t.

Moon with lower half obscurcd. L. pscJn.Qw "Ncw-moon fcstival";Abbr. ps! in psq!.t "Enncad (ninc primacval gods; asscmbly of gods)".

Moon partially obscurcd. Likc N9.

Crcsccnt moon. L. i% "rroon". In datcs: iäd "rnonth"; othcrwiscI \ t , r : \

usually writtcn .{ ,,r or i . D. moon. Somctimcs confuscd with F42.

Likc Nl l . Also r . , , ( l7th / car ly lSth Dyn.).

Star. L. " sbi "star". D. star, constcllation, pcriod (timc). Pl"t. sbl, cl(u,))

in *rl dwl./ "ncthcrworld".

Star in circlc. L. dwl.t (dl.t) "ncthcrworld".

Flat land with grains of sand (also without thcsc '). L. rr tti "land,earth". Ph. /t. D. land, carth, estatc (41.r), thus also in 1.t

@ ( l 5 )

( 16)

(11) Likc Nl6.

(18) Sandy tract. L. o. ,,, iw "island". D. desert, foreign land.

(20) Tongue of land. D. sandbank, shore. Ph.wglh.

106 Sign List

=r N (21) Tongue of land. L. T,: idb "shore" (dual * :: idb.wy "the two

banks", "Egypt").D. earth, land, geographic terms.

\\ (23) Irrigation canal. D. inigated land, also forN2l.

/ t (23A) (Gardiner Aal l). Mound of earth, pedestal. Ph- mic.I i l t l l

mlir (24) Plot of land with irrigation canals. L. ., sp-i./ "district, nome".D. district, nome (province), names of nomes, garden.

l \ / \ / l

Desert land. L. ,-. /tis./. "desert, forcign land". D. descrt, mountains,foreign land, cemetery.

Sand-covercd mountain. L. 4/w "mountain". Ph. q/w.

Sun rising over mountain. L. i/r I "place of sunrise / sunsct, horizon".

Sun rising ovcr a hill. L. &c "hill of the sunrisc". Ph. &t.

Sandy hill-slopc. Ph. t (also translitcratcd r7).

Mound of earth with bushcs. L. D. '

l/.I "mound".

Road with bushcs. L. , ," wl.t "road". D. roacl, a^sccnd, gcncral cxprcssion

of location (c.g. "hcrc"), distance. Ph. hr,wl.

Grain of sand. D. sand, granular substanccs, mctal, mincrals, mcdicincs.

Now U304.

Ripplc of watcr. Ph. n. Thrce ripplcs of watcr ll t. ^* "watcr". D.watcr, liquid; drink, wash. Ph. nw.

'Canal with watcr. L. ' ) ntr "canal". D. river, lakc, sca (oflcn

togcthcr with ä). Ph. mr, mi.l

Pool. L. r, J (Ji) "pool". Ph. .f. Variants N38 i r, N39 rLijiriirrrr

Combination of N37 and D54 in Jrn "go".

Wcll fi l led with watcr. D. wcll, pool. Ph. hm, bi), ph.

O. BUILDINGS AND PARTS OF BUILDINGS

House. L. pr'.n, "house". D. house, building, place. Ph.2r.

o

l/\/r (25)

r'" (26)

rt I (21)

4' \\ (28)

,/i (29)

"/ ' \ . (30)

r,,', (3 I )

, , (33)

.r I (34)

(35)

i ( (36)

, (3'l)' ,a' (40)

t l ,f j (41/42)

o (1 )

'J'

5r;l ; l

L]

)rl\'\ll'li |rrr{

[xtl1,1[,]

o (2)

(3)

(4)

(6)

A e4)fl rzsl,f r Q6)

I (za)

. ,,ll es)\ / ( 31 )

I ll e2)- (34)

,^ (3s)

Sign List 107

Ol and T3 combined.InT pr.w hd"treasury",lit.: "house of silver".

Combination of Ol, P8, X3 and W22.In ö[! pr.t-br*"funerary offering".

Shelter of matting in field. Ph. ir.n a

Plan view of rectangular enclosure. L. Nfl hw.t"large building, templc,tomb."

Pyramid. L. mr"pyramid". D. in namcs of pyramid complcxcs.

Obclisk. L.D. t[n "obclisk".

Stele. L. D. wd "stele".

Colurnn with tenon at top. L. iwr "column, pillar". Ph. iwn.

Tent-pole. Ph. cl.

Door lcaf. L. ci "door". D. door, opcn.

Gatcway. D. door, gateway. t.]l sfrl "door".

Bolt. L. ' " r "boltrr. Ph. s, also for R22.

Combination of O34 and D54. Ph.D. in words implying movement

beginning or ending with s: ,ll sbi "go, send", r',\ \'- si "perish"; also

in \\ -,a' rzs "bring, offer".' f

Wall. L. ll ll inb "wall". D. wall. bulwark. fort.

Comer of wall. D. comer, angle, council of officials (L. !,i krh.t1,gate, strcct.

(9) Basket (V30) on top of house (06). Nbl-hw.r "(goddcss) Nephthys".

(10) Falcon (G5) in house (06). Hw.t-Hr.w "(goddess) Hathor".i ) - L

( l l ) Pa lace .L . i l i I c f t "pa lace" .

(16) Gate surmounted by uraei. L. inl""'l tly.ty "vizier".

(22) Open hut with ccntralpost. L. 1 ,h"hut, hall". D. hut, hall. Ph. sft

(23) Thrones with canopy used in thc Scd-fcstival. L. in l,li"if ,[]

and D. ir f <m 0 hth-sct"Sed-festival".

ll (36)

(3 8)

108 Srgr Zrst

O (39) Block of stone.D. inr "stone"; 1e18hl

brick

(40) Stairway.D.L. stairway,e.g., . , , l ,var. ," I r(w)d "slairway";\ ? . k \

c).. \Ä,' , vär. , htyw "terrace, terraced hill".

(42) Fence. Ph. Jsp.

(44) Emblem of god Min. L. in Y'' and D. i" { !\ S''f ;rr., "office, rank".

(45) Vault. L. in ' I and D. in .|:

ip.t "private apartments harim".

(4g) Town plan with crossroads. L. t

nw.t (niw.t)"town". D. village, town,

city, Egypt, nomc, cslate.

(50) Thrcshing-floor with grain. D. thrcshing-floor. Ph. sp.

v

r l

,fllr

Y'11

( . )

. . , \ p ( l )

\ ' ; ' ( l A )

,l l l i e)\ : * (3)

f - l

) l' /

II

(4)

(s)(6)

(8)

\ ( r l )

Q ( l )

P. SHIPS AND PARTS OF SHIPS

Boat on watcr. D. ship, boat, barquc; travcl downstrcam/north.

P I upsidc down. D. capsizc, ovcrturn. upsct.

Sailing boat. D. sail upstrcam, travcl south.

Sacrcd barquc. L. n,i i "sacrcd barquc". D. in thc names of varioussacrcd barques.

Fishing boat with nct. L. - lä w&c "fishcrman".

Mast (P6) with sail. L. giw "wind, air, brcath". D. wind, storm, sail.

Mast. Ph. %c.

Oar (also writtcn horizontally. c.g. in ntlc htw). D. oar, ruddcr.Ph. !uw,.

Mooring post. D. mooring post, to land. Also for Aa28 ( Ärl ).

Q. DOMESTIC AND FUNERARY FURNITURE

Scat. L. in ll ' ' '

.i./ "seat, placc". Ph. st: s in J ^ Wsir (orisir') "(god)Osiris"; i/rr.

Portabfe seat. Ph. ., in ,]"11 Wsir (or-islf "(god) Osiris".

Stool of reed matting. Ph. p.

, ' l ( 2 )

r (3)

r-r Q(6)il (7)

' 0 , R ( 4 )

(5)

i't, (j)

-1, (ro)j l r r r t

Sign List 109

Coffin. L.D. lgrs.t "coffin, burial".

Brazier with flame. D. fire, flame; cook, be hot; torch, wick.

R. TEMPLE FURNITURB AND SACRED SYMBOLS

Bread offering on mat. L. htp ,,altar, offering, bc plcased,,

Censer. f. ' 'il

k)p ,,fumigate,,. ph. klp, kp.Bowl for incense with smokc rising from it. L. snyr ,,inccnsc,,.

Also. ,.7 l'r.ln ,"i lri orl,\\ bi "öa_spirit,,.

Polc. wrapped in clothrvith cnd of cloth as pcnnant; old sign for anumcn. L. n1r ,,god,,. ph. n1r.

Cornbination of Rg, T2g and part of N25. L. ltr.t_ruü.,,nccropolis,,.Column of stalks or cars of com buncllcd togcthcr. L. /r1 ,,djcd_pillar,,.Ph.4d.

Standard upon which rcligious syrnbors arc bomc. D. standard.Cornbincd with nurncrous signs fbr clcitics 1c.g. CZO il ).Falcon on a stanclard, in front of hirn ii fHO). I

,J",,, _, inur.[ ,,wcst,

Fcathcr on a standarci. L. i ' rrur./ ,,wcst,,, i: \,.1 -..,. w,ttm.y,,right,,.Spear-standa.a. l. "i".1.,, i)h.t ,,cast,,"[ tl .)). i]h.y ,,lcft,,.Frorn

thel8th Dynasg onwards ph. iä through confusion wltn | ;f (U23).Sccptrc S40 with lcathcr. L. .t W j.s.r ,,Thebcs,,.

Two bclemnitcs? L. 'tt

yf n, ,,(god) Min (of Coptos),,; ,.ro tl.the ciry Lctopolis in the Dclta. pi bmTwo bows in a shcath. L. or D.

^, ,triti luf;) ,. ,,(goddess)

Ncith,,.

s. cRowNS, DRESS, STAVES

White crown of Uppcr Egypt. L. ,. hL.t,,thc White Crown,,. D.Whitc Crown.

.Ph. l t tp.

(8)

( t2)

'i\;rr ( 13 )

[ ( , 0 ).t"i ( 1 5 )

i ( tn)

(22)

| . {

r/ ,,1,, s (ttz)

(24)

ll0 Sign List

V ,V S (3/4) Red crown of Lower Egypt. r.i{ asr.t"the Red Crown". D. RedCrown. Ph. n.

rr'IDouble crown. L. !1, sf;m.ty "the two mighty ones (i.e. crowns)".D. double crown.

The blue crown. L. fiprl "the blue crown". D. blue crown.

The Atdcrown. L. )f "the Atdcrown".D. Atef-crown.

Two feathers .L. Sw.ty "double feather". D. double feather.

Hair band with tied bow. L. l\\ *lh.r"wreath"; { I , i rndfr "robind, hew". Ph.mdh.

Omamental broad collar. L. ws! "broad collar". Ph. wsfu.O-r')

Collar of beads. L.',,,,, ' nbw "gold". D. gold, precious metals.

Pectoralof faicnce. L.1if ; "

lhn.t "faicncc, glass". D. fäiencc,glass, gleam, dazzle.

Counterpoisc for omamental collar. L.D. mni.t "counterpoise,Menil".

Cylindcr-scal attachcd to nccklacc. L. in 1' '\\ llt ., (also rcad s$.wty1

"Seal-bcarcr. trcasurcr".

Cylindcr-scal attachcd to necklacc seen from front. L. filn "seal"; D. ina ) / \; . I/ "

fitm.w (also read s$.v,ty) "seal-bearcr, treasurer"; Ii ' Jt.ry a

unit of value. D. scal, seal-ring; to seal. Ph. !tm.

Shouldcr-knot. Ph. sr.

Knotted strips of cloth. L. D. [$'11 a^d "unitc".

Girdle knot. L. .. /.r./ "knot, vertebra". Ph. 1s.

Strip of cloth with two strands of a fringe. L.D. mnfi.t "clothing".

Piecc of cloth with selvedge. D. clothing; clothe, be naked, cover,uncover, hide.

Folded cloth. Ph. s. Abbr. for snbin the formulu Y Ü ll 'nl,(.. ) wdl(.w)

snh(.w) "may he live, be prosperous and healthy".

V,,V. 6ß)

{-d (j)

ü (8)

tt (e)( \ ( lo )

t ' ) ( l l )

rf'""] (12)

xi f ' (15)

( ( ' , , r \ ( l8)

l , ) ( le)

tl (20)

7 ( Q2 )

4 e3)(24)

i l ei), i i (28)

I (zg)

l

I

I

Sign List lll

f: :tl

S (32) Piece of cloth with fringed edge. L. D. t sil.t "piece of cloth". Ph. sij.far .\

(33) Sandal. L.8 i th.t "foot, sandal".Ph. tb.

(34) Sandal strap (or phallus sheath ?).Ph. cn!..) /--l a

(35) (also ) sun shade made of ostrich feathers. L. i Jw./ "shade,fan". D. shade. fan. standard.

Fan. L. D. hw "fan"., ? 1 \

Shepherd's crook. L. I hkl.t "sccptrc". Ph. hkl. Also uscd for S39.

Peasant's crook. Ph. cw.r.

Sccptrc with forked base and head of Seth-animal. L. wls " Was-

sceptre". Ph. w-ls. Often used in placc of 54l.

(41) U4l with spiral shaft. Ph. d(m. Also rcplaccd by S40.

(42) Sccptre of authority. L. D. 1t; (hJ "aba-sccptrc", 12; slm lal"sekhem-

sceptre", 1b) sistrum, (3) brp "to lead, guide". Ph. cbl, slm, ltrp.

(43) Walking stick. L. mdw "stick, staff'. Ph. nzd.

T. WARFARE. HUNTING. BUTCHERY

T (l) Prchistoric macc with dish-shapcd hcad. Ph. mn. mn in"*' nt n=k"take for yoursclfl"

(3) Macewithpcar-shapcdhcad. L. hd"macc".Ph. hd(confuscdwithV24).

(8) Daggcr. Ph. tp.

(9) Compositc bow of hom. L. D., , ' ' pcl.t "bow". Ph.pd.

(10) Composite bow with string. Likc T9.

(10A) (Gardiner Aa32) Archaic bow. f-. in ll, ' I f;-Sry "Nubia".

(l l) Arrow. D. arrow. Ph. sin, swn.

(12) Bow-string. L.D. rvd "bow-string" -Ph. nvd, ir, ii.

Also in' ' 'l\

lq $ labbreu n Sl dir "subdue".

(13) Pieces ofwood bound atjoint. Ph. rs.

(37)

(38)

(3e)

(40)

I1i

X\

t

ll2 Sign List

T (14) Throwing-stick and club (foreign weapon). D.lgmi "throw-stick, tkow,create". D. foreign peoples. Ph. (lm, cu,/. Also for D50.

(17) Chariot .L.D.wrr.yt "chariot" .

( 1 8) Crook (S39) with packagc and knife; equiprncnt of prehistoric chieftain (?).

L. i n .fnzs "following (n.); fbllow".

(19) Harpoon of bone. D. bone, harpoon. Ph. lts, gn.

(21) Harpoon with a barb. L. - . .wc "onc".

(22) Spcar-hcad or arrow-head with two barbs. L. 't' sn.nw "two". Ph. .i/?.

(24) Fishing nct. D. nct. Ph. cft, i/r.

(25) Float of rccds.Ph. dbt.(28) Butchcr's block. Ph. llr'.

(30) Knifc. D. knife, sharp;cut, slaughtct.

(31) Knifc-sharpencr. Ph. sJn.

(32) Combination of T3l and D54. Ph. s.fin.

(34\ Butchcr's knifc. Ph. run.

'l

))11

,1,

. .), U (l)

\i (6)

...1r (9)

'';/r ( I 3)

:i) ' ( 15)

\ r ( 17)

' - . ( 1 9 )

"'1' (21)

tl ez)

U. AGRICULTURB, CRAFTS

Sicklc. Ph. ml.

Hoc. D. hoc (n.), cultivatc. Ph. mr.

Com-rncasurc with grains pouring from it. L. , i l l "barlcy". D. grain,measurc of grain.

Plough. D. plough. Ph. hb, Snc.

Slcdgc. Ph. rm.

Pick cxcavating a pool. L. gr3 "found, establish". Ph. ,qrg.

Carpcntcr's adze. Ph. nw.

Ul9 on a block of wood. L. slp "cut up". Ph. s/p.

Chisel, graver. Ph. mn!.

! . _ 1 i -

- :^

l - ' \

l - i ! *

V r .

r l ,

l n l

( - r

Sign List lt3

U (23) Chisel (?). ph. mr, tb.(24) Drill used to hollow out stone vessels. L.

,i l. ,,l hm.t ,,craft,

art,.(26) Drill used to bore holes in beads. L. i .I i,l .trl ,,op"n,,.--"' "

(28) Fire-drill. ph. dl. Abbreviarion for wsnh(.w),,May he rive, prosper

""a ,"nilili:formura ,nb(w) wgt(.w)

(30) pottcr's kiln. ph. ri.' (30A) (GardinerN34) Crucible. L..r.r

copper or bronzc.

Pcstlc and mortar.

Abbrcviation in .Ji

Pcstle. ph. ti, t.

Spindlc. ph.b.r.f.

bil (?), hm.r ('/) "coppcr,,. D.

(32)

(33)

(34)

(3s)\l'

6,azl1

D. wcight; prcss down, bc hcavy. ph. .rmn.,,,, l1.smn,,natron,,, 1r.,,',,,, lrr^rr,,bronzc,,.

U34 cornbinccl with 19. Likc U34.Warp strctchcd bchvccrto (a path),,.

t two uprights' D' in ntrltl "hit(a mark)", "adhcrc

(4a24) Old Egyptian tbnn of Aa23.(36) Club usccl by fullcrs in washing. ph. hm.(38) Balancc. L. D. n!11.t ,,balance ,,.

| (39/40) post of balancc. D. balancc; lift up, carry. ph.D. r1.' ,,l i lt up, raisc,,.

V. ROPE, BASKETS, BAGS ETC.v (l)

^l?fi.1;Jtrirf- warp of ship: ctrag, pult, bind, suround. ph..r?;(2) Bolt (o34) with corcl to draw it. L. . .vj ,,clrag, pull,,. ph. .vi, is.(4) Lasso. ph. n,i.

(6) Cord. ph..fs.

(7) V6 with ends downward. ph. irz.

t l

ll4 Sign List

( ) V (10) Oval cartouche' D' circuit' name' Surrounds thc 4th and 5th names

ofaking, see $ 153'

(12) Band. D. band, garland' roll of papyrus; looscn' Ph' ct'k'

(13) Tether. Ph' 1' Var' " ' (Vl4)'

(15) Vl3 combined with D54' L' il l "to take' seize"'

(16) Hobble. Ph' sl'

(17) Lifeprescrver' l ' )( I , var' tl l i 'si "protcction"'

(19) Hobble fbr tcthering animals' L' D' ' md't "(cattlc-)stall"

D. maq sack' shrinc' Ph' tml' l:rlr'

rl (20) Vl9 without cross-bar' Ph' mg! in numcral 10'

' " \ e2) Whip. Ph. nft .

t ,l QU25) Corcl wouncl on stick' Ph'w8' Can bc confuscd with T3'

QO Nctting necdlc' Ph'cQ'cnc-l

i fzsl Wick of twistcd flax' Ph' lt '

I (2g) Swab of tufts of fibrc' Ph' sk' u'1ft'

(30) Wickcrwork baskct' L' ' ' rrb'l "baskct"' Ph' rb'

(31) Baskct with handlc' Ph' k'

:", (33) l3ag of lincn' L' s'{r' "lincn' cloth"' D' cloth' pcrfutnc; tic up'

Ph' 's'lr, infrcqucntlY 'q'

I t (36) Containcr. Ph.f tn.

(37) Brurdagc'? D' in lrlr'"bandagc"' Ph'D' in

i l i l

)(

I

rr rJ irlr' "hcrd".

W. VESSELS OF STONE AND EARTHI']NWARE

Y W (l) Scalccl ungucnt vcsscl' D' mrl'r't ' nlr' l 'r "ointrncnt' ungucnt"'

i i (2) Scalcd vcssel ofalabastcr (calcitc)' Ph' bis'

' ,.), (3) Alabastcr (calcitc) bowl' D' festival' Ph' hb'

, (4) W3 combincd with Q 22)' D' fcstival (ci' O23)'

Sign List 115

iü W (5) T28 and W3 combined. L. D. hJh,'festival,,

(1) Granite bowl. D. granite, Elcphantine. ph. ß1, ib.

(9) Jug with handlc. ph. l1nm.

(10) Cup or basket. D. cup, bowl. ph. i%, ws!, hnr.

(1 l) Ring stand for pottery vessels. Old form yy12 J;l L D. : ,l rs.r ,,throne,,.

Ph..e.

(14) Water pot. Ph. /rs.

(15) Wl4 with watcr pouring from it. D. bc cool, libatc.' : " _ '' , l "

' '( 1 7/18) Threc or four water pots in a stancl. ph. hnt.

, (19) Milk jug in a nct. ph. mr, mi.:" (20) Milkjug. D. irt.r "milk".

" (2l) Wincjars. D. i rp "winc".

I Q4 Bccrjug. L. hnk.t',bccr,,. D. bccr, dry mcasurc, tributc. 1n ri;;f !iwdp.v, "butlcr".

I (23) Uscd as a dctcrminativc likc W22; also for urlp.v, ,,butlcr,,.

(24) Sphcrical vcsscl. Ph. rrw; n in rrrÄ' "I" ö 26. Appcars ln placc of l )

in, i l , , i l : " ' t ' i

4trJt .r , ,counci l , , , i f " Ä.. / , ,bui ld, ,(phonct ic clctcnnina-tivc r\ ll);archaic phonogranr n uscclas phonctic co'nplcrncnt in i

!i]

lrrl "protcct".

(25) W24 cornbincd with D54. In . '

r r i "br ins".

X. I ,OAVES AND CAKES

, X ( l ) Brcacl. L. i , ' '

t , "brcacl , , . ph. r .it (213) Brcad. D. brcacl.

: ,,, (4) Loaf of brcad. D. brcad, food, off-crings. ph. .sn.

(6) Loaf of brcad with rnark of bakcr's fingcr. D. in ,, , p).t ,,loaf,.

Ph.D. in I pi . I "pr i rncval t imc".

116 Sign List

x (7)

(8)

Half-loaf of bread. D. gs.w "half-loaves"; sn.w "food offering"; l/abbrev. forwnm"eat".

l

Conical loaf. L. ri rdi and /n\ qli "giu.".

Y. GAMES,INSTRUMENTS FOR WRITING AND MUSIC

- ,, I V 1t; Roll of papyrus tied with string and sealed. L. .. mQ).t "roll of

papyrus, book". D. in words that cannot be pictured but only written:

abstract nouns, adjcctives, ctc.; abbrev. for'jt 'vL, "' dmd "total".

(2) Oldcr form of Yl without string; after I lth Dyn. gradually replaccd

b y Y l .r l Yi, i l (3) Writing equipment: palcttc, bag for powdcrcd pigments.and rccd pen.

r- 14 I .r.f (sJi, oldcr .s/11) "to writc, writing", with D. )ir\ "scribc"' Ph'

s.{ (sJ/, oldcr slri), nc'.

(5) Garnc board with picces. Ph. ntn.

(6) Game picce . L. D. ihl "gamc piecc"; abbrev. lbl "dattccr". Ph'D' ibi '

(8) Sistrutn. L. D. s.l. l ./ "sistrum". D. in sarne word.

Z. STROKES, GEOMETRIC FIGURES,

SIGNS ADOPTED FROM HIERA'I'IC' . :

Z ( l ) Strokc. L. D. - i r t tc rronc'r ; s ign in numcrals "onc" ($ 39) 'I

; I ; (2/3) Thrcc strokes. D. plural . Ph. n ' (as cnding) '

(4) Two obl iquc strokcs. D. dual. Ph.,v (as cnding).

(5) Diagonalstrokc, curvcd. Sec $10 b.

(1) Ph. n, derivcd l iorn hicratic sign for '

C+:'

(S) Oval. D. .fr?tr "oval, circlc, circuit" '

(9) Two crossed sticks. D. brcak, cross, rcckon. Ph. swi, sc-l, ltsh, tbn,

wp, wr.

n

f 1

li{

Sign List ll7

it

l i ' z (11) Two crossed pranks. ph. im, w(n)m.Sometimes in place of M42.

Aa. UNCLASSIFIED( ) Aa (l) Basket, seen from above. ph. !.{r (2) pustulc (?) grand (?) bandage (?) L. D. bil ,r ,,embalm,,; ' i ':,r,

.h,.,"cauldron." D. wound (n.), sickness; suffer, b;,*;]].,1;;r, ,".ton,,, ,

cmbalm, stink, be nanow. ph. wht, gi./^,\ (5) part of ship's stearing gear? L. *, Up., ,,the hepet_implement,,.

Ph. hp.

AA (6) An implement. D. in tmJ,,mat, .ph.D. tml,6.' t r (7) Doubtful . D. orph.D. i t . ' . . . ,or " rpr , ,s, , . , i tc, , .

(8) Canal(?) L. , , Qlt t , ,esratc, , . ph. kn.ph.D. dldl . t , ,counci l , , .Wrongly rcplaces N24,V26, O34.

(t l ) Sec N23A

' (13) Doubtful. Older form '

AaI4. L. gs ,,sidc,,. ph. gs, im, m., , t | ( l l /18) Lid of quivcr. ph. st .

I i (19) Doubtful. ph.D. /rr.L

i i (20) Tassel (?) ph. cpr.

,r, (21) Carpentcr's tool (?) L. or D. ,1,".. ", \) _ ,N,I wQ, ,,to judge,,.V \i, v \/ (23124) Sce after U35.ll' I ' (25) L. (?) sml "stolist,, (pricstly titlc).

1 IZAS ph.D. sbi (often replaccd by f l4)., 0 ,

(27) Doubtful. ph. nd.

ii rzsr Brick-makcr's striker. order form 'l auzg. ph. k(t.confused witn ! pt t.

ll (30) ornamcntal friczc atuppcr edge of walls, originally the bound endsof reeds that were uscd to reinforce mud wälls and which protruded

n from the top of the wall. L. o. O. lll ftkr ,,omament,.

l, (32) Sce Tt 0A.

,r#'hlf ,

IV. EXNNCISES

SCRIPT

n 8* !8 / l ( | . X , i * \ \ 1 -55 \ . . . - , A - r l a , ( : \ -A \ ; s ; \ ! ) ' . . - (

&e 1rrN3; ' ,,.,11, ltf,, 5.E1, H, l i-, 3,

, N,^-, (-) _5' ' . , , l ' ,-.,..o., " '", ' . ; . , ! i , , . , , j i , [ ] i"t,. . i ] irr,: ;t. "$,,

l fN\\f, , ;{), ", ' l i ,r ' \ , l . ' ' ' i i l , . ,ä, . ,, i \ , . , . ,., i* i

i: ', ,;.,., X 1i,,.,, l" . i ' 'r, ',1 \,;ri, i ',,.,",'*' \\ ji-n, ' ' ' i j ' i).

&l1r;r,\: i l , l)r\ , i) '",, ' , i l l , , , , ' t t^ ' , ' \ f lä4\' l , !Xdir"l^1 l i , l '

.J,,, ,\)1, :: , 1''lili;r,; - . ii;,,i^: il, . ,, ll i i li'r Yr', i\ ri.:'i,1,

I i \ Nr-\. -' ',,r; \'r' 'h,,riiJ, ii, :i-::, ; ' ' l ': l r': ', '! -.\rii ' i) ' \ I '

\ ir 'o l l 'N, t..) i t , - , l l l ; , . . r\ l , l i l ' , (, , ,o], " ' , Äl ' .

I ,a, !\ \r\. , t ! \ i ' ( , , , , ' l r, ' i . r | . , . , \ t . ! \ ' , ' ' ' i l i , i i l ) i . ' ( , i , ! i i ,0,

q*, *ri, --i i, Lt-* (,;., ', i l l l i ' ,)f 'Xjb, l, l. I i, ' i , ?11\t;-.,

' i l .\A - r[{q.. 'y"" \ lä, ","\, {ft1, \\ l ' "{\::ff i l

t i ir ' \} .. ' '1,

sss

(2) (

(3)

(4)

$$6

(2) '

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

(8)

(e)

(10)

?l i , , l - \ , . i i ,

Exercises l19

t l ' l , t a l . ; : r l

,.J. [\ . -. ; ,-'r;'r:I _!dl,T,

[r, (. \:: " ' l l, ' !\ ',. i i.,u,l l ,$,, i l l , i i , r i i ' .1\. , ' ' , i1t,. ti

.r,i1, ,.1_i, }ti,(,, )\)/=j.*, *..*,( '3) l \*=: ' ; , . 'n, l \ \

gor l ''' Nfiil, / - ll \ \ .

t'rl ll'i'' ''il'li'' ''r r. litit'i ['\,,, i'.,. i'tYir i'i),\ i i \:\ ]i'., ji, li ,i',i ., iiii].r,r

(16) -I, ' .r,,"1i, -!, f i l , , ni '" , . i l i , ' , i i ' r , ' ,1', i i j i , i l l i ' , . . . .u, l l* ' t ,

1r1 I I L\ } \ , ) , l t l ' ( , N. . \ \ , ' ( , . j ,o i iu, . ' , ) , , j i " , i , . , j " , , .

\ ( ) ,

r 'rr ,{\ irN I i l ' ; t \ , i i [ , i , , , , , , ,,u,]1] ' ,4, ;;,; I , , ' , i ! i l i , ir i ,

t'ql li., Nr., ,, * " ;.. , \, ",, ,1, ir,\,f i1:.rrrr yii ,;\,,11, ? ]i!;,,

(20) l , , ' , f";. , .* , ' , , ' , , f f i i l ,* . ' t . I i *];.

sg7,e& u ' l ' , [1], 1,r-^', t ,-, . ,1,., ,JI. , i ' . ,r i \ ; {,\ , ",,1 x)j i , , i

s s 'ii'1, n,lf".r, I ', l, ,fi; '-,n '

g l0 a ) ( l ) i l ;

i ; t t ,

l , t " ,

[ ' , ' , ,

] , , , i , \ : { ,

: : , , , , s ,1 , " t , , , i , , , ' ,

trl:, '1, l '."i, I ' ' '

g ro c) l. N'o,'Ji, i,rr'Ji,, l t ) , l l * ( )

g l0 c) 2 . i i i ; i i i l ' I , ;

g roc)r. u. i)0 N, I\l''ro'S

I .

. r ^ r l ü

I20 Exercises

$10c)r.u. -?; ; *; ' ; ' ' l - , , ; ' , h, ?Jl

({*;..n,) (il;l".$) ("\\".-'$) fr",.'..- J fl{i) (|*+--j$)

(l',-: l\ ,? ) ("ffi1 + b) f,,,. {'} ) ( ir iX. - )

ACCIDENCE AND SYNTAX

$$ 18 & 19 Genitive

t , l l ' . t ' l r ] r r l 'h\ , , '

, r , l ! (+; f urL'"r (5)

rrr \",,il "T .il'; r'r I I l' 'ii,,, .' , '-'t ' ,

, * , ' , ' , , t t t t l j i * : l i i

' l Y i (12) ,

I l ] ,F1,, 1,0;,v, ') i_y; r,rr. ' " , l i

S$ 22-25 Adjectives

. l i i l. to I _^^" tu

(s) , , I t " [ ] \ " - , ' ' t ro l t ] ]

\ N ,:,,. (r3) \i " *'r r t , * . . , . . , . 1 . , , , ,

(r) . l i t r l , , i \ \

( r) . - ' ' ruf . " : .J*

tl I\i ' l

i \\,, ,u, o ' '| i;i i 1z; L

lf :l , iji. rnr ] .1 \\l il (ro)' ̂ilr]

l ' - : \ . . .

' r ,

( ß ) a . ( 1 4 ) ' l

$ 28 Suffix Pronouns

(r) ] il trl tt

lit trl'- ";$" '''' (o) lT,* t'

(u)-',Ytq l.,\:. . rt l*!t i, ' lY,t

$$ 29-33 Demonstrative Pronouns

(r) i l.. ' l : (2)ll ] rrr..( $lq'i ,0,:' ' ,, 'NN*li]l l i lt

6X N,li l$' l$ (oN(il"*='bft #

S$ 42-47 Adverbial Sentences

(r) ',, ' Nc{' l [\ rrr{* _N'o-., rrr{b Nq N?!;g(|ü:-,- N" ü (a)Hesubduedtheforeignra'as,f lh,f .,'l .st...-'Nll,,\|,, l- i1., j . | ,r, ' ] lh-. l \ \ \ ir " l l ,Nf l . . (6)rheybesiegedthecity,üi i / ! .i

1{r:l \N. "f" jil,__ .! ,^.11 ,r,t>,-..fii- ,;jiltyili\.', iXi" ' ' . , \ , i j ; i iTN ,, rr l j i :",1i,. !\ . l ' *;*,.,.,, (e)*^-ff l- i l - ' ' \ ,11

1 l , , r ( r0)- : : , \ l ) . ! t ' . i r , f ' , i l * ( r ) rgrcwupinErkab,

ll il.1f _'. ' Ft',,{i Tl\ )l - ..\i :* .t,'X ( i., -1,1 ) r,rr I ll , \1. .,.tt i\ i,

I tÄ" ' * "*--^ ,,tt: I

$ 48-52 Nominal Sentences

(r) li ,,\...],-. .'^'. ir iit rrl),(,ol.i',1 (;. tf :j,.,),,Jii5 1r;Jl, .

/ ']. '^'.,. ',1,, (4),.t)^ljt ',1 ,l, j l 1r;.t '-.,. .;jf i l tullt]-l '! i,*N.{,flb.;.

t t r . l l , r l l - , ' i ' , i l i l l , \Llül i I I rrr l ; , ' ; } . fu ) l t (s)-^-."^r!- i' '.

i. 1in prace oris) ,f { f !i" '

$$ 53-55 pw-Sentence

6r llll ,i;it',f * ililil ,il lt \..1! " * rrr,{}''\\s. fi ,,\f r:r}il N[]ror l, j lüiä$iir*-,,r, lN rrri 'r i)Nä \')*,,,S'Ä(,....,.*.n1.'.to\',( '(z)l\\ l l \\ l-; N/l ,,,ä \\1.].='l l* rnr,,,,,, j l \) '

Exercises 121

122 Exercises

$ 56 Adjectival Sentences

rrrAl-:ü: (2)>{n^$N*ffi (3)A=f^-=-:(4) >ffi =l ^t : (s) =f I- ^b- 6 (o A= r:$ bä :

n ^ . a f \ ö A f \ \ \ * n l \ \ f - - - ' r n

J]r H tz ld| l l F * l 'o 1r=t prcp. + suf f ix : "her" . . $ 35l ts lÖ tsooo*

,n,5b+$:0:$ 58 Expressions of Possession

(,)m (2)r\[l"+$ä? (3)r\+blT tor *S$l'jffioäP, (oYSS (D=N{l*:==-gR=: (a):$+ä- äft:qINq{ 'n' l l [ ' r i ] 1i

THE VERB

$ 6T lmperative

(1) zN-=Sq pr$üN g<>TÄS*3 r,rqä J"S+ b

,o,Q-N\' +b- =7t; (5)zN q=,Flnq:b$ ?

TT:rllW-UAb$-+NSJ'1fÄ [N=fr*T \ A 3 "f,* -- )? - f - F lTuuu ? [' tQ -= $ ö - ] Ö tf IN ö - ä i:tq N 5\-11 Iu SÖ - *-b t : f N-"S-qR1[ tqNNf :ÖtNT*['S-'fr lIN0t3ffils4s =,'q#-qK,:*3[,:

Exercises 123

$$ 69-70 Circumstantial sQm=f and Aorist sQm=f I irr=f

( r ) h $ > ̂ - $ z N F, ($ zs suuj )fi S E,T,,o 75 Subj ) l 3 = N t l

(2)e=e\\t\1 *. !t)a J ? l*+ü=9i?:fr=\qN

\\t[ (3)=[JN]ö* toruNN^l*:J-N1^

,oN N^$ N z\=iS=l * =;[l* : =Niq:N i

=;$? hl -Tl*

rll{3usF3teä (6)[9=S$-- f N = [ \ 8 * S ö N = = ä ]* ö N ;' $

B(7 ) :S : | ' - , ^ . - - ! i l \ . - - ^ . r ) ' l : ( 8 )<>Y f , a l

- \ \ - û& e^ f -n !(9 ) ' " l ] \< -<- \ t E- :< . - - . ' - *

$ 71 (Present) Perfect sQm.n=f

, , , j {3$=N=qlÖ (r+ Innn $ 8s 21 .-NY}?ö ^ q:S$

@ (2)$;++Yz-q g ̂ 0 t:rh*l-lE=*{?i$z\ @ -lzNB:S rorq$'NqNY$ gqT=niÖ$

*NNTf,l ,.,., gf ? +\N ? \\ä:$ (5):üffi*

TR \V=üS-N$ ? l;*Nä^ f-?=tr,'il,;--t E5b$l(suui.',er'-r t zsiQ]m-*,l ;, o flfroNG

-N3ätr I\ \ o S4l rui iS NX $.oN^S N5 Ä :Ä

124 Exercises

9- 6* :.Nn f +* M$ t ^n i\ \ : (mrr.rJ"thatwhich hez ^ Y ]

- l I l ^ L l l i l l l _ l _ f ) \ < > a € -

loves" Relat ive Form $ tot) r l =S*RN:\ügq:,oqq$

rsrdfl,r W -& 4 $:HlZ =S *f ; "XAf ; tsr 3-'k*I J ? 5: l) s "-- = sRi * r,or { S($n'): S \ F \ ->'-

fr \fu \- h\n3&SUllr:rf -,,',{b:AHNln ̂ q- :Nhv--'l\'[=:q-Tffq]tr

,-\ A t'""1 (\ rffir ,.1 :i l_ \ \ \ u l j | l \_ | "*YT ->r , ?s_

* ) * j ) \ W ^ | !

$ 72 Historic Perfect sim=f I iri=f

,', fi S$[* e -- ;> (2)N5:-A*-$:HX$|XNATA,r , Iq*& SGdmi =7 $ s0a) *qlÔ6qq:e:-bp S(s,_lm.rw=1' Passivc N 76) N X-

"1";fo'- :

.--$ü

$ 73 The Form sQm.t=f

(r):hÖl ;.- " A/$-^-8tr (2)8:--offilqq".-$q-^-$:li fl r,rN=S\::?fie'?fi; N o :rAr-:

X O, , r ,

$ 74 Future (Prospective) sQm=f I iri(.y/w)=f, _ ^ - - n I \ - > 4 4 - . n

( r ) . . -n- , üN. .sh: :N: r l * l l (2) c - :Jry t

Jf^ (3)äqq$?nNg*-- (4)mf$fN fn:onr-

Exercises 125

(' l= b,T Tn,T,lib=i Y #,7 + N 3 ̂ f, i g b @',7, -N. _n_0 |1 r_=r t l ö ) - ( t t t

$ 75 Subjunctive sQm=f I iri(.Y)=f

(,) i ; * I '!=e *Ö* N T *: )N":-- N5*(2) K ffi äS A:il.1; =oorQ or q .?s - g qT *ö

(4) [b^qq':tuh$ oqK--m$ gNF 3-H:A=,u,h*U0*:@,QIdN$= (7) j*$g=

f o'tQ$"äb ? =*F\^* N"$Ä: ) :: r 'rJIuN ̂qq n -Y ? :*q i=i * f -?, { t;iir5nY*- (e) 5 N ä

_$ Z i - rq * " fl r' or5 { { ö *_r' c osiris) il,1 ̂ q :'.fi M -? fl

:qq{S*=-+SNJIJ].Aö (,,)H"=^ r.rg Nf "ASi:geffi1 * x,:, r( S -- ? fl b i ä *- $\ P * | H : I b ;];* \o

(rr) T jl lsz }S- ?'il *=: 3 * tS

S 76 t ' Pass ive <_> _ _ ,n , \

( l ) The eloqucnt pcasant says of thc chicf stcward: - , . i , . . ' : :* \Lot *

> N q tr N S (n"r", as in othcr tcxts writtcn in hicratic script, - rr is writtcn

ror A-,-!),r, I ; =: -.::> Q N [ :- 0 -- b L-1 tr. =- {| ä u $

i : ; Sinuhc says rcgarding thc lct tcr of thc king brought to him:| ] : : f f : j

126 Exercises

p v & e r T S , , \ o : , - - - , - ^ r ^ ^ ^ - r L ^ ^ + L ^ r . i , ^

' lH- - ^ E1 1+; Sinuhe describes the king: * S\*- lS.^=-tst trr

nn*)"0lT-NS ('{NbÄ^}W1f -}- -

$ 77 Perfective Passive sQm(.wly)=f

.)NHrsn'offi i.:Fe $, , '(zrFi$+:üq*lbePN S

{ä oQ^f 'on'o) J-mllft It};Äi: .-#Nä T Ytrror Q$ (s e,)/tr$S[ J- fr KepK=$@ g^]' $ tzrAt*N,1,o*)?'oN_n " \0i (s)N=äNVNV

H S -

$ (u',.r.* Pcrfcctive Rclativc Form $ 107 "which you havc donc")

$ 80 Contingent Tenses

. , . x - , 4 * f l l i l o y& !( l ) - ( ) ) ) ) \ \ H - *

f T\ e $ S trl If you scc sornconc suffcring fiorn sr./ in thc bclly which has no cxit,

:-s

v { -

Sri 8:-Es

. __ ",:_

..( Sil8"\i ?

--

- :- - ' :

n 0 1- n 0 | - .1- - . -nR\ - l I*Xf ,** tz) - - t l ) Ix o I \+ l "*

o i , - 1 A n F \ . x / - 1 1 \ ' i > , + . . r \ 1 \

i , F \ \ C : i l l \ \ ^ | ( 4 ) o n c w h o c l o c s X , . " ' -

F , - , < - - - r J ; r J r \ ^ N

| , , * e \ L . i r ' [ \ ö f l . - , ' ] X _ 9 o T f \ \ , X ̂ l l l l l , lf

- l 1 5 ; S h o u l d X l r a p p c n . q ; N \ = - l ! \ l ! . r - Ä ) $ t " Ä , 8 \ ) ' . - i \ i

. : ll r r

S 81 Old Perfective

( l ) ^F^S-N \ \ ' * 1 , ! I "< ) u q n r . , : ' * ^ ^ _ - , - ; ä - Q x r i 0 / l CY 0 \ V \ r l \ \ \ l \ / l / l *

r X X a l l - b ^ r L t s \ ) r r L N h ' - ' , ö 1 3 > 4 : :

e\ --,,$ fi ; -,"I SHN; b S$ AHll :r Yr\\ : (3) =

Exercises 127

:"S$-T+ .:^H$ (4)A*=-U-fi :il ?Älq?f Y>NlJ{l o>T"*S=:lqNm (6)TRg +N.-:$g6?n'r3$S:F ^"-^Slffilq l+"Jr]l-glfi$$ 82-85Infinitive

or -NdAFrN*=Aq o -NIf ;ö;?A,,, iQf; -=q*g*S +üA.?i{l^: :.HIr,0, !-ÄNffi . '.*1"\N":?AI--{IW*- of }fl J.*N=--,o j,0, JS^[J--N# *- : [l * T'= 3 r= =1 T x : I b ; :! "$: i ad rzr t>N

== ?lUl= * 3,'0, l{n$ : * N N q :n$.,ft$ 86-88 Pseudo-verbal Construction

,, i {I" } ÄH ä.= bÄz -\ S[eö *- qS ?[ =ö ryo., Q*!:

il'1,= ö o: $ $ s2-s3) rrr $, = - ? I : 0 $ S $i ll rrr { b et ö !.!

H^-N = - roi N =SS'-- äN .-" :- +r': lll i $

,'i Q S il * -- iq ; \\ E ob., toi ^F \\ S A K $',.^,b qä

-Njq; r'r{}S'-?,t'N; ,r,Y*[ ü: --'"))n

128 Exercises

* N Nq*s$l; q; s N3*Nrffi ^.*q$.:?*N\sb T A=b-*F: tn'€?Y

?R: \\6U t'orQlS:F? ffiKN$' Nhqb;

giS'; t,,r{}n?T*>hÄ:'}iQ> r'nfrJ)

er==*HQ-:=E= r,rtff i$#-^bl]*

S$ S9-97 ComPlex Verb Forms

$ 91 Present Perfect with iw

u n, " r,rQQ^*KA Nl-l *lt{R prQb*\\S#}T

lJ_,,,Q}'FÄ*t3Ötil$.1..,i*'trNqqs,orQbdlSql rrt<--Ao trr{}+ *;-S[ JNtl,,rr 1o; QbFl' !Ê

$S-3& K-qr ? +:*älq::\\=l t'rqb:qfl; Ntn ̂

l-: l lqJ-*\\q){'- \N:-r- K=-ff ' ( tl ̂ f o?:

g el b orQb=*$i- t 'r{}=}W--Sü--='bOS

g er c . r , lQlF. tJ ] lä=-b" ' -z \ "4- \ 'o ' {s ' I ' t ' t $$ e8 ' r02 " that '

which is heard")

$ 92 CornPlex Aorist I

(.',E'N g[= ÖA=-="T]-Q * 5-N"l N-l? fl ?ii$ +

,r,Q u ---#.ägl.,r{S ?$^}Y.=- gqT *l?,a",lt$ tor (}$

Exercises 129

l lNö$ll3 ;6::f,=*.q! o{b:*NN*^ f l$o r [*3

aJ t,t : ^ - __-,rr )- 1

$ 94 Complex Future ilat=f r sQm

(r) All who rcad',, { bl T, --L) S T*.S q SESAq! ;-t-*=N$q<:.} (2){b$:TN; =ö6er:*q$\$

$ 95 Introduced by %c

orFjfJl:ö"-q N$ (2)fl* A )*[J#i:i=[.?,(3) ? :6i:* [J =^ --8,, T ß (4) i : j*tl- b.o fl jSz--N g $$--ir g{ ̂öl^ rurF jlp-ö lq: q ;4) o F:$'^'N g $61-:"+: bl (s) F:=:ffi --:-q*flNb**11b,_,

$ 96Introducedby wn.in

(,) 5q*[": S=ö":- S$ e)fr|V^S?tr*$me#{V^S?ß0,--"?*$ 97 Finite Verb Forms introduced by m=kor. is1

(,)N5oNJ^SYI\m=*\n rrr,\r. I rr:1 *

&J.' iI f l $^^$' l ' , i i{;= :, (3)Statemcnrregardingfieldstakenat

130 Exercises

the battle of Megiddo (follows list of booty), Q I ̂ ^ N * N I lX N C l'*'

(4) NN tloql-=-S$fla$"''5f .:.'3-'"-TzlrQ J1 ):

! ̂ -- n b N S i ̂ '. N + r=f ä h s ;'""'' :"'1 { { "' I * \\'i\

lFN4-$:lf;$$ 89-97 Text Passage

*s64* &?llH &? - qN6S NY ̂ Sö&? ?: $w N g $ t = e N W =*\ & ? + ä S N I = F : F -- m

tb :- N ? $ N h \\ = ts * I ü ä =: K N F * T -i =

;tbb S,-ä":--l--x?lH$i ^ A T >=:=i?:

f n *8"+SN-A"T3-=Nil'J?f NEr :

$ 98-104 ParticiPles

or 3 lY *+tN = g ̂ G==?Y I H ̂ A A= = ̂ t $

,,,E+$HS:;Eb orQÖ>S+äffilhbÖNqrorQl^tN ).n-+:ffi i l *F,, '#^,T Nä^3 t'r$f ̂ *G:=b":- ,uif,=+äbAl>\\= t'rj l e*r

hb -:.^bll$ eu t,r€i ? iqq*!J-q*'äi?fi:

,n, vlä$hS*ü=ÖtN:T (ro)'N*hlq:

,,,,f Nö .- &,XN,.P,I=N"+\HsN$XQ r' 'r{S

Exercises 131

Itrö:?g=NF @#=S #=tq=_Ng$=Nel l l . . . .R\ t \ l i lU\ (14 )>s - \ \ s

S 105-111 Relative Forms

(,)g\qq+:>Sg'Wt":-ln - STR| =+ (2)lTgS+:.?ßf (3)TNWY-fl +-bT5\*3 I *,Sil.nFb"Sf('++*==B"*l l,*n S -N:Sil l""*==*|]*WrurSäSN+;l*qN (DAl;AAbf*S,',Qbl= - qNIJI^'rtXHl*A:h\ ,n,b::.-=h ? * r'or3iqqb*blSN:l$J;l r,,rf*SlnN\=: (r2)Heisagod,f f u":TR$iqNu Hi rrr*o\

ä; (,4)^FN:&Xg-tl r'rrA$3=>qq*Aq-N* r,oS^trf löl{:J (traN*hlqÄ; r,,r3{ö?$*+, r'nr*A ^S)^+l:qN rror5lg .S^-lq,r',F: qIö^lq; eullxN?^-I\:-Ä:Xsä-ilÄ

-L- /A4 ^ e\ö

( 23 ) *=€ -N \o^ -

$ 112 Verbal Adjective sQmly--fy

,',I$Ae=Sq^-Stl;Nä^f ?,,,tä:Sl$:

132 Exercises

a + Nln.l :l+lN&f ; ? N Äe:=^f äbi:h:NXT +, . (3)q,\itr r , !\rj^=+!fl -T+l =Öfif,<:i rs, 'r läl3ne€c.:

$ 113 Nanative Construction iyi.t pw iri-n=f

,,, 3;F:l +TRlffi I)l ; =I.-:fi =t prFä o$3--Q=ö.---,,,?^83:34 (ol$üN^'b:l-l-Tn(5)T\\; "b:[tlR$:Nffi ^ qqä--+: ffi:a (o*)..-- ö 3|l* N r: ft > bH :|Q$ eNr'F N Jts'''r

+$?=;NtulxN==$ 114 ModalYerb pl i

(,)*öKo^l^ gtNblWlÄblI t 'rAl^<>Xqq^8

!E

r,r*Nbi-4'XNeia N*T1l

Word Order

$S 119-120 The in-Construction

,,,{*HSl*q- N#tr+ä:Öl* (2)q*Y$lrffi ;Jl

'",Yji ,,,ä=? !-:, tor{*[S=11=": o3*Y+]N

A.---p::.--==z (s)ä3S oX6-fllu,t,{*l 'H

tr{:.NL (s) I\q=Kqq$*--il*3 (e)*\h"--g?l'$Hl{ t,or*\ J $:=: ,, 'rQ*K*=Sq

Exercises 133

Tib...=f ;5:FSi? r,,r-NStjr3${f i*Jf "(the box JFr q * ih Ä * X N p b S ̂ ,, N = * = -U-e / + A n / l , % ^

[;üa<--:1"

S$ 123-126 Topicalisation without introduction

(,)g$=3$ (2)J;ä -l* (3)N51,=*+ä-(4)='=)'N-C ojN ? B"q\+b rurffiFE*f..+^M t'rJbÄ*Jb--- + ö*ll^ ,,,T$F *\3Nä*qiffi * tr$T* t $'öq Q$i{ g f -- 8 * tr "tr$S 127-t29 Topicalisation introduced by ir-

t,r (-Nü:ln* b$[J -J":A-NUHg,XNT6ll=qq-b t4|$NIE ,r,{--*f -lfi..-=::*f Nr1NHU.N ilu=z=f g :* S -*-'X g+,,, {-_, i f, l,-N n

"b * h + : ; N q _N,0, { : ; : \\ t4 { ? "x N = }.,r.\ e Z \ \ * l llr{ -t l.\ l I l l 0

$$ 130-132 Conditional Sentences

$ 131 Following irn A A 4 t \ F

1,y(-q3 =3 .s.:r ' : ,r,Q:rN:f+:l S: a:

H==g Gr{:q3=q}=4$N3=_,0,(_luN

134 Exercises

ö*}l H$$ "bffi l:S (s) {-^FN:{JQüN* ..q ^ / *

- lq: . . .

$ 133 Without introduction or condition expressed by other sentence types

')^FN-N:6>J Q JN hq;= (2)\'Ti'Fl"F

h,T...,r,5=5==# q= I r==?= ül,0, q-fr ä$:

tîS:6HS:I fl ,+ *?q J'S : N $a \\=*QQä

N>=+^fl=l-t='l I ='N )F,-{@NN NqSSq" - * / \o ( 1 ; t Y A l l J . . .

S 133-147 Negation of the verb

$ 135 Negation of the irnPerativef.\ + - -i\ n f) <n2 <-> 'v- (\

, , ' , N - , ,N l l ' t ' ' - i e : t z l $ \a ' - rT " r r t ) * r #< -a l l " l

$ 136 Negation of Circumstantial sy'm=J'(or Aorist 1 iv'=J'sim'4

') N = $#Y =ö ; - a'-- aQ\\ ;I^,r, q -- S € - :jS

*- 1 + qb..=- NN .--+ ä b S *IT K"=-{5 "-- Nl' Y i-a- @ N IH : + b 3:: x s € ": N S €': Pj N F &

$ 137 Negation of Aorist sQm=f

,,, Q S l; g ? g }\ q^q r + e+ ül ;; ̂ b = ä:;:-? {}r' :K fl"\ f l- ' -s-- - y t r - A \ l ' r

r l U o ' l l

Exercises 135

S 138 Negation of (Present) perfect sQm.n=f

1. Paratactic main clause

(l) This example is preceded by examprc (2) of g r38.2 (see below) , -^- E F

Ä$: Y: (,) q btr:q -N @:I * T-cto- -^- yF-Nn-z:b ?,*S ," Nn$f ff ,-a,*1)fr,nlNT: I g ö *-'L- + _N - : $ * * $ N * $ N ä :q * ü N ,. ---€> < , - A

o l - x

I lt t t : (Notc: thc suffix.l st pers. sg. subject is gcneralry not writtcn.)

2. In subordinate clauses

(,)q b Nf qS =-$ -Kld j =_ $H ! x* ^ $=: q N(2) Sinuhc,ur,, R"$ .4"- b$?flt\+;b#J T-.^- b K b ö^b$ -^- + .- ö & -- ?$ -^- z\,;ii,*.=..-i li": \l''!..* z \ ^ e ll$ lN ;i\ Sö $$ 139 Negation of Future sQm(.y)=f

(r) : n: N.g=- .*- JeA3* Y,aKl" Yä.t-,r., 'ä{]JÄN|l;llni$ 140 Negation of Subjunctive sQm=f

u,{ NFuturc)

$ 142 Negation of Complex Verb Forms with i w

a) (,) --^* gN tr F s$$K tr F x6 I\ ='* 4- G $ Jl^S.-,l , | , 1r;---ö^q{$*^"^}--= S,-, (3)*ö8g:9

136 Exercises

-FFl n fl f\ : R .\',4c)

| | l \ tF lJ: -hh\o:

b) rrrQ-=N=7:'^-s\ä* rrrQ-l{=ä Ao 1,...

truth) * I z N t S *F -- - q ) g?b d -'- $ Q - |

,,,T9Ö--"-[-Sö":-

{ l 1 - }

- - r - ; - ,

:

s l {8

,(cn 0 6\Q\ i l Ö l-^-l\ 6 \- l. lc ) ( r ) * l ' o ) l f lN \n , * fq ._= ' l ^

$;:^--Sfr:3$$ 143 Negation of infinitive

(r): l*N=8-{toN}, 1r;

-4- {Zt,-

(2) The guardian saYS: * * \----f

7*ÄNI-ANNil

,,',na N -= H - N:" (4) Khufu asks: what is it, Djcdi, F'-N = * S

S ,r',Nubians who are on lcgitimatc business may pass thc bordcr, : + $'^ tr

l-fl N"l .:NQ s*K ll} i N 3@(e I [* : l l 6sffi:

?tr S *-Hb= : tr g-o * ($ 31 ä= :l^

$$ 144-145 Negation of participles

,', ÄN:*:-dÊ8N=-?fr -: (,) 6l+iÄNN &tl^-!-T\' S,r,3ÄN=)KcN*"=S:E i"--Ä

$ 146 Negation of Relative Forms

(l) Amun is an efficacious god, g * SR F I 3 ;- *

Exercises 137

$ 147 Negation of the sQm.ty--fy - Form

(l) May they who transgress my command be cut off from this god, ;:' 5N fl *

,.-, 5.1': ts-&[nÄ N I ; |= s F S : :Hl)$ 148 Questions

(,)q*qbH*=effie:F (2)q*qäEAlq qbqtsA-"

(3) q * q bz:i"$X N h (4) !*--fl N --ASN :; *--

$ 149 Relative Clauses

,,, ll-- | > q* ö^$= ? : q* ̂ .,T N s. Näf l**yfgq^**T\bq--+tr2\._'ö*= Il.. Nq* ob,r,43.z N :

e X,,, q - :: : -N rn4 i Y n X N = -$" z -!\ I ̂

gqhsfl^ (4)E{ffi Jb^,,ll^ qN,"If, :;,F Nä*(6) i, | öN^^ ;i) S' ;- | r,, 351 b* ; N Yl g $"-

; : (8) osir is, ^S b"--;äx (e);- '= Y{ bc l

(,')obREil 1 5,,,,KN^HJ3=qq ? NLfl_N)ÂY=qq ?,. LKx1lF:- gtrT

V. RPeorNc ExeRcrses

l. Queen Tiy (Scarab of Amenhotep III)

i : )\.. a-Lqq") + ü *- * ":":- I q'$ r lx d',i :: , l1 h ^ I ": ]"; :--. : ' ! l " , . . ' i ) ,r ' ' ' t i l "

r N '.. 'N.l,. '-,

I \

''1{ 1tt*" of Thutmosis IV)

ir- I *' :' li"il,': :r"il-i:,li1,:11..'li,- t,, ' rf :,1'"rrf * A , r r : ,

*. .$?i, ,1l i , . . t f : l ) : i i r , . t ' , -* '

' ( i " ' l ' l * l ' ' i i ' l l l ' l i i ' " .J 'ni i i . ' '

Nrô\ i ) . r . , ' , r t - '

, i . , , ,11 o ; ' t - . *^- - r , l i { i t ' i l i

' t i l t [ i l f ; : ' )1 , r ) x ' i ;

4. Two Royal Inscriptions froln Schcl

r i t rn r l l i l , , I t l r i i ' , .

l i i . ' :

, ' . ; '11 ,. *

, , , , , \ , ; , . : l ; . i , i i - ) i . l i i i l , ' l ) ' ; , ,)) , \ . ' . . . ' "

,,i i i i i. *. ' t .l,l- - " :, i.: ,

, , \ 5 r , l

' ' i l l ,\"' i)

'" ' '] {

",1.1,"l . . i 'L \. ...

l r '

Reading Exercises 139

b.

, [] : il " fl F . "'l -1 ii j 1 W [1,..', til A + l] [,_ L'ri -rN, .,',' :,\

,r.. -rt J' 't $ Ä -l - l"J t\. q- ',*^- !)l ;,'*

','.. ='x € .''-

)) -.4,.: .?- "-=- ..1.t.._ ir''\,\ ll <" .- ::'l !.rr.f i "-- * * ]__,' : 5= I ;N;."', NAI -,..(, ' ,{r})? i, Iq*_N*I_-leil1,1T li\n,r'1 l[1I

' r i , 1 1 " ' Ö \ ' l "

/ /'.".'".,*".,*. /l

5. From the Biograph y otii)tt 1r,-" of Scsostris I)

l lhlr,tt i[1*l; ' i4 tl t."^!i * \N,,..\ i i l i l *i. ' i l"" \ 1i t:,* i ' ; l l if :; , ' i l \\ \ '.: i i i | \\ l I lf \: i l, lq *. l l l.. \, it *'

i i l i l

i r ;ir, . ; ! f :':' qTä jll-:l',.aT'i* .,,r \) !t, ti,r .,.,.*. ; ; , S , lN,-^\,\ I$ ' ' i j ' t \ ' ' , , , \ , : . , ' , ' ; ,rr. - " )r ' i ; I \ ,"\ i ' l l_ ) i, il !\ il,r \f ,, llil 11, ,f,jh ä, ,,ili Tir l, i;r

'.. .f \ ui ,.tt N ll *

' , , , ' : l l -*

,, I ; lr: I i l ,1 - ,r ' i i Ll -*

,. '- f i \ ) i ' ( ] lu j j i |*_ ,l ,ii -^- i1 llr,,i . *-;

l.i {) -^- {,,}',, .. _ .l ,..1, ' ^ |li l *- ' j,\

' i ' l \ . . , , , ' t ir-,

u' l l '1111,*,; . . l , l^*i 'r. . . . ,),, ' i \ ! . l ,r;, l jXi l"--u,.;- i , Iq\,

j [\ l l *! i '-;,.\\Fi ' ,, ]{*ir N)\).** Trs--,, ,-1_!i:i.t, i,r,, _c,I\: iy$l ;1i ' lXil . lf _li i ! i ' .* ri.; it, l i i ,T\|{f,,,

* N'1,.""] ). ' : l l 0*yj l i i , , , t . l . .orl , ! *r,"1,äi j t , I f Xd

140 Reading Exercises

.--',,!?, ":.'fi. ,\ "'- $ ̂ ; t\ S.---= JN j I'"11, I q N l.- i ?q \\ {.tN j \r ..'}l] | .:l \\ o j,lq \"\ I - ,,-l\.11 e 1': ^-.

: ll.. i\ M,,b l-_ | -*'' Il r'rN fi * _b $i = ytr' , , ' i * S. <:- ' ' t) 'u$,: $*"unt,t \\.) I{i}*t 't,,.,t,},:}d}.{;l} * I i

il::)"' \\,$.t', i r..o l\rjir .'' | ,l:.1 $l q Jr '),il. ̂- Yi {\ \\S:: ' ,,\ ' * ' ln s..,, ). ' ?'" ' ir ' \N "), ' t\\ ", ' i tt * '* ' rn ).. i i i S* f-i ' ' i , ' ! \,$ l i i '$, i,,u y' i\).. i \.1{j] ' i } ,r\" } ' , i ' , t i i ,,} .. i.. )l-,11, l"

ul'-,.,'_ i,.l.f ,.4J \;l[',llif ,,. -',.'

\1ol ]l' ',, ,_,'ull,,t l h\i.="., l t i \);, i l t , ' . ," i i ' i t : l l (;r, '1;\ l . ."., i 1"""_,: !t

* )\,r1 ,T,,, \ s:. ;it ^ ji\ "[ T i] ')\. " lh.. ., \\ : 16

,n$ ',,

i: l^ ...,y{i,,.,"."l, i;r q\f '"-i:\ ,, i]{}.. I\.*-^-,",' N.

' r,l ** u : -\f !i I\ . I "n 4\' 't'l'

lji' r'r.. l; l't \ir ;lb

-J l --

ll \') ti/ i . I }ji' {'\i }ji'* .'. i;,ij: Tx li1.- \\r,[ "., i l"*,$ *-]\ j-1,r,, ' I;.; l i *)\,,[ .5 ,, i'Tl \ '-,,,..., . 'r.

\1,"-orl] 1: if *:i) ]1 ,,f ior$" ',\\\ '.1{!i ',,: !x\\ ' i\ l l(,, '- i\1,' " '.- ' I l" '"

-

" .\r:*:I

:f ,,

I rr. *I i i \ i5ri I j i io \1..I j i ,r .r-\ i ! i ' \ \ : I l r- .,?;. ^rfi.-,\ ') ,, i iu :;:11,. \\U,,\|l lq\| ...

'.-\.".;l . t..;"' '.. ' Ix. .i .\\ '1, ' i., ' ie,',r' '. '

Reading Exercises l4I

( )

r"iilr'tt\

l*;ii ^ \\.^). .(,$i

i[\." T-\]l ' l ' '"' ' N

ir.l I ;jh;jill), ; \\:lr Ii\^hNi;)f ü 'i l

i., lrii'

tf*il It\-^ i\:/j

. i,l ,,ni,

" \,,.. - tt

ii

" , ]

I

' / i

I ''Y i

l i) i l

) (t ' l

l

l. fr,\

l!. .t l . l l , ,

^ .& 1 ; .

il.)'

K) l ) f ' '

" iÄ.. _ll

? - *i i l

,.ti,"\ i \

. . ,t(:

l!

i ',ilr-'

1 1 . t r , rl i ) i r l ' ;r , i i '

i r , l i, \ 'li-

$.i lxit \\

\ , \ / - !,11',,'t,i, $i,

" ' i ' ' '

; i l ' t ' l r

{ , } , , ,, , l ; r t - ._1_

,,i l \i-t

o'J il|' ,' ;

l : : l l l /." j j i .-,] lr; j i I\ l l r, t,$ I\ l* r,.\\, i :r.. I, l*; j i' - \ " ' . - :* 'S. ' , t l , . . . t ' "Xj i , r l l i r , [ \hrry; ; - l , l - r * l \ , ] i j i' ; 'N ]ir\ l l ' , ,(,, i ' ,. ' l , l ,.;,f i. j ., l j ' , i ;f ;,r,\),^*;, i: i ,,-tr . l] l l

, \ f ' . rnr ' ' ' ' . \ \ ' . t ' ] , " ,1--- l . , r . i \ \ , rr r*{ ,} i \ "*o} l l ]ä


=$$]'* )l 'r-\N fr'= "ÖS ̂ \ $ S.mler:f ?i'r;N^. -^ h )$.. - | g q^ dlll^^F N $ ir, ; -=-i.,. ?::"f ]-:l._ Wll.,.95 *,Vi ., .. t I I .-,^ ;? \\ .- - -l---,", ' ' ;h$t4.--,J. \ *,yjl fJ l:,TN:- ̂ \\:,,:- ' l).; ' $i. i,e( -\,- -

?::-' ;$ft" .l '; jr' - "S'$il lxNT)]N-liq--,N1' "..---f ' :_;._1$",t\

.Ji .." N:j\ I l ' , . " , ' , i) * l i ' ; '

"'..,, ' ,, [\ l i]., ' i

l lrl l " ffi|, ,,\ l\ " ,1, \1.' '1.., \J\'(\. _1i,.;_ , N:l ;] i l ;1 " \,[{ i ] . . : - Til\\d"_'\ i ,?1,.,,r^r\}.. -;"'^ql\fu n'trll l l ".,l i l ,

\ l : i !.\ 1i,$h: $i i l,. . .; .. =..* * {$ * - ;.. 'h l j j '?,;. i$t'' r l\Y" lt-","":: l l" .ff X.,l \ ' i -. ' l rn . 'I/;,,--.,, rr"".\

I I / q0' ^ 'N:" ' , , , i l . , ; t l i ' i ' l ' ' ' . - --* l l1" ' l \ ' l l - f cr l

.r, l l ..r r: : rl ""_.]r r \[/ . .,\.f i j t,, , \,]q,, Ti\r r. l\ i f i",, ,._.*: f *yjie rJ-i\ f l}*flü,,t.*.\\, ..-,,*;_ ;,$tr_',,rXila.)'-q(,i,..-$-', ' i . $" l i { i\t l , , gll. l ' . | " '

* ,, :; r rc '.],_ ;

'N,l,l _..,*. .'izj; \\. l_--.].,,. .,,,_, Ä*.,' . _^ * . l' ) ' /;

e e 1^'äii!t, l lS'., ' f *\:-, 1' ' ̂ \ iYt?r.,... .,,... S\ ,nr n,$.= J t' : I * $i, I\ Tt; e: ., : f :' ll I\ YJ...:r$?ll *,: J1.. S,,,., ,..*,._,..._ \)*_,.^hni,.. .Nuft


I -\\ I tut -i-- S $ N rn gq'*-

,,\,\.._ ir(,;.tir:_:.. >,r,\i-Ii-=\\l]f ̂l ütT ._. NrllT__ rllTft' ,"-:*[[["=- f '*{(o{*:; I\ - Ft+"til

7. From the Gebel Barkal Stele of Thuhnosis III

I : \) 4 g '_',, ,\,) '-^',"u -^- )+, \i Ix;. i l l]. ' u ""r. . _jl: ,..,9) :fj1ll..N .,l '._.- tj i: .. }.lqf '.!i,Ji'. l* Nil l l ,i \x il

* : i ..l i,t 'r \r 1r i , l

-: {'} .'^' \\ ii , . 'tri ,'', * ,ill ', , Y}ijil ; '. '

lt ,.._^ \\ lt., ,\ .?.i:r 11,' - ' ' ' , * . .5 ; i ' r ,1 ] . ' . ' jn , , . ' i ' . : ] : . l l * I . ' . : ,

,l l;:.ir;.,|i "1lll,,,c.iii4,il ro,,,1,,\, q\)... ;*,fI.^trq,\i-ir,, ;'f;-'\ i:\,,

- :".|, ' .,, \]"f ' 'L' i, i .,.. N, ' l \ !.; '" ,.|1\',, ' l i*,...,, hJi - ;?

i ' ' ,. ,f 1] ", ' '-W'i,r*l ,_l ' tN ^,l l l i i ,^,11T,..,n ,n.;, '1iirt ' l . ü :;(.".\)lI , '

"'l l] \'\'..}}:."i*:. ; .*^ ,.,.., l : sil ] \$'* lt \\.,L ijh.. .\\\)isl: i 'J)",, \\ .[(q\i].[ N..*l .]'r't iX I \f \\1,*

, ,{,. l l l l ). , t ' . '$9"*ft,{"..1' "ü j, \1, ' ; [ f .* i . , . ,r1.]11.. ] h\i i ])]. i i ,nr

," ;. '111,,\i i-. . , ,"1111. i.11\f ',,,"*ti:ri, i i1f *--lt** j it i it i ') l{i i i, r- .1 -*;*, . , . , , \ \ i l '1, . , \ \ . . ' ,T ' , I rr : . : ; . :ä,,


8. From thc Autobiography of *$t: ,1," ,1. 1r, ,n" Amcnhotcp l l )

. . , , , ' t , , , , , | ( i i :_: , \ ; l \ i _- ' ' ' .1; : ,

i t , i ;1, , ,r , , ; i iu ' i i i ' t i : l_*. _' ;

; -^.* l , . t --* ! i " ' ' , ' iL, l i i l i r 1 ' ; ' , ' -- - : ' r i t l / * , f * l , ' r11; l i i : t

I X. () .. ' , ' i , I i l , l l i . ' r l j t--- i),,- ' .-) i1i i ' ' , , ! f ! ;\ ' l l t l t ,rt j l

i l l3l , ,! i?-:?i ,,;;., r,,1"11 ,, .,.\ ' ' ' -,.-.,1, ' i ' . u.,- l i i , . l : ; , ,r --.- l . t 'r.*!,1lf i l l l). , ' f ) i t U,,; l i . . , . ,,., 'pl\ ir,,n[i ' i i j . , !3{.."",, :*i,,1-:- i ] ' ' , , , , , i i i l l l" ]I-*: i l , l \ i ,1..l i l i l I l.* l, i '-. ' ' ,1.. .-' ' f ., n* "*-' .*)j i i it, I !] {; l !*' ' ' , i

t ' ) , (

..'oÄ ri' : , . : t , i l".,]I .

9. From the Prophecy "t

Ä. ''.. I!

l ! . . iro'.. . .-: i{":":"". i / i nh r, i , ; ' ' : Ir. ' l , i))V f*;

i t t ' . ,11 : , r ' , ,6" l ) l . , , { . } , , ,

* i i ^ , "

" - { r .

t:

. , [ ' ' ' l \. , t , _ { - t - }

l ' '

*ifto'r;ll,ui.'..,

' t i ' i

- ' . , / ) \ I

' ' ( )


r ! l, i , * - -

\. ;ill l , ' r (

: , ,

l i . . - . , ' t

- i i i i--. i I I


i * ' "' r1 /1 \^

" , . t

t - ' . i

/i'l l' ,; , , /,ii ,

inii

- l

/ / / i L

')

,,. r:irrxli ,t ,ll l7 , ,, (.t /,i '"'" l;l

,, | " .'l,t 't ilJ t,t -* iiti ,' ) , ,

-rr\ l:)r"\ 9 /:l

[ - \ - l . ] i

. - r t i i / l

' : i -r ' , . l i i l i : , //t.,

/ i

, ' i i r r. : . t l

,.. l L'1 ffi ',

ii1 " ',) l \ t l "'',

/;1, /;l 'ii;; 'ti;,:it

- iil *_ .:' . fi -.,_ ,'il; .,,,!

iii rir;; ,,

- ' , '1, ,1,',\ lr fi

;ti,,


(.\i)) A, r r4=: I I t( 4"i ' l) " i l , ir: ir i# ffi l .,, ,, , ... .r!:!fr,Y ,, 4[ i,,,nil r..r, i i i l !ä*il [h i1r,. ,.,7)/i1,,_.., ,.r.4{ , A(, t{ ' , : i l f l i l ," |1 .. [o.. l l l [ ._,,. i? t] . . . ,) , ,--: , , \ , ,r ' ) , i d * rp /?.1,;, ; ; . :

"_]" I^rllF * |;-),> ,l ',", ' ' l l l .,a(^ ., '\f l ' , ' ' , ' ,) ',,. ,f ü , , '. '

' .

Yl\]r1I

\ f i 'l )28

i läl 7 l 8

,i il f^ i ri l4'6 I I t 9 t 0 l l

# dfi rr.iL t,l3518

ll lji ''i

| 2 3

iri ilt 2

Indices 177

3. INosx To THE HInRocI-ypHIC SIGN LIST

ftl yt Xl h l,{ iii ii fil;li, ;ijyii,,i r"- j,jl ;1, $l ,fi r;j dl2 3 4 5 6 7 9 101213 t41516n19212223

lJ, ij d' .,il ill lijj ,,4r rii ,li 4ii ,{ gi ;[ *Y iji 'ji ,'] e29 30 32 33 34 35 36 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 4 t 49 50 5 l

A. Men

Yir it i l24 25 26 27

$1 i i n,rrs2 53 s4 55

B. Women

C. AnthropomorphicDcitics AT

D. Parts of thc Hurnan ,l:, ': ' "'. ':r .:r .. -.

B o d y t 2 3 4 5 6 g, r , o " t 1 \| | I " ' r ' \ l l o r ' { i

' i - i - - ' . ; - . r - , ; ! i , r , . .

26 21 28 29 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 4t( i l l . : . : . . ' , ,

5 0 4 5 1 5 2 5 3 5 4 5 5 5 6 5 8 6 0 6 l

trjt2

f.,,,j '.. , ,f, , ' l I ,1 :::l 0 1 7 l 8 1 9 2 0 2 t 2 4 2 5

- j . l ' l . r l t . t r , , I ' , i

42 43 44 4s 46 41 49 50

E,. Marnmals L;rt;rr "i,l|t{i, i',;'ii::--:1236789

' ' r . ' ) ' , \ i ; ' ( , , , i , l

23 24 26 27 3t 34

j, , '1 ..1*,1 \4 i ro f,y 4; n ,u.14 15 16 t 7 18 20 2 t 22

' i l ' i ' ' f l ' t - r \ ,1, , ' ' . , ' \9 1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 6 1 7 1 8 2 0lf [, ti i lr i,\ /.,r,i\ 1"1 ...,,\ r,,

35 36 37 39 40 41 42 44 46

i,l ^,i i,\,,l 0 r 2 l 3

! - l \ / \ l ' " : ;

F. Parts of Mammals ", t ' \(1345678

' ' ' ' l ) 'd ( ' ' r f l , l ' r i l fT l ' ' ' ' ' " i i21 22 23 25 26 27 28 29 30 3t 32 33 34

, ' \ a J

4 7 5 1 5 2

G. Birds N $_'N "t .tx "h !r \'N. r. '[: ii\ br,i, i,\ \: .\;. \ ..t,;,ij, . '\.| 4 5 7 7 A 8 9 l 0 l l 1 4 1 5 1 6 n 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6

')r'. '''i," 1,o Sl -$.,F.')i.

i.. S.-. \.1;r (; i;i Yi .j,.. \1), /_(', irk!,r:,,i. L'; n; . ,\ q r27 28 29 30 31 32 33 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 47 48 49 5t 52 53 54

178 Indices

H. Parts of Birds x -V- tl ? FG

t 2 3 4 5

I. Amphibious Animals. ) 1*-

' ' -

Reptiles I 3 5

. 1 - - r i . . . w " . . . { - . . . ; : I

K. Fish1 2 3 4 5

e8

. r l;\ \ -- 'o-l il"

6 7 8 9 1 0 1 2

F6

S. Crou'ns. D:.-,Staves

P $ . j _ ' -

2 2 2 3 : + : -

T. Warfarr'. H-:Butchc-n

{ . - . , . ' .24 25 28 ) :

U. Agriculru:; .

) '. l l ,

32 33 ,1-1 _: _{

V. Ropcs. B:. . . ,ctc.

12 5 2 6 2 8 : -

W. Vcsscls . . : Sand Ean:.r':

ü J i

2 t 22 23 : :

X. Bread ancCakcs

Y. Garnc-s. Ir..::Music

Z. Strokcs. C: ' - ' rShapes. S:r : - .f rom Hicr : : - ;

Aa. Unclassl=c

ßl 3

lr.|tr

t 4

L. Insects andLesser Animals

{.'} *K . ?1 2 6 7

M.rreesandplanrs 0 u.- { io''ir ,l L,fr il i i '.H i]i{lru, i| 2 3 4 8 l l t 2 1 3 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2

] l. ;} i t fl il ."" Y, a rt 'l I i''Ji, I23 24 26 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 40 42 43 44

. r ( - : r \ \ / i i r l l l r \ / \ / l l . r l I ( ) l . . . . _ , r l , r " r , , , ' , , , " ' , , , l l * - t t r , ' - l \ ' f l . , 1

20 2 l 23 23A24 2s 26 21 28 29 30 3t 33 34 3s 36 3t 40 41 42

N. Sky, Earth, WatcrI

O. Buildings and Parts ofBuildings

R. Tcmple Furnitureand Sacred Syrnbols

r r l r l l , l , , , ) i l l - f , ] l ' , ,"f I i 'LlJ,, l l i A l]| 2 3 4 6 9 l 0 l 1 1 6 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5

n . ' )r I^1. f i " t $ [ ' f ' ' i , - ,"4 s 7 8 1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 9 2 2 2 4

f r l f - ' - l l l - .Ä l l , , ' ) tm f r , r i ( : : , )26 28 29 31 32 34 35 36 38 39 40 42 44 45 49 s0

P. Ships and Parts of *-' ''t' 1: '- q l.r-1 t'1'$ l- -'l r y ) \j XShips 1 1 A 2 3 4 5 6 8

Q. Domcstic and Funcrary l'] , ' l . I l lF u m i t u r e 1 2 3 6 1

l l

S. Crowns, Dress,Staves

9 e " - ' , - - .a a a 1 ^ ,/ / / 1 / 4

:1. V y,{"f 4t ü ,,x4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0

Indices 179

e F-?r TTI c,U ftl flt t 12 15 lB 19 20

, . i ' l - ,8 - |27 28 29 32 33 34

' l l i ' l : i1r ir35 37 38 39 40 4t 42 43

ü""'- l ' ' '"r\ I ' )" 'u8 9 l 0 l 0 A l l 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 7

/, I i,/t,t \-

-7 'rl

t z J

{'-i il 3

il1 8

{ .1 9 2 1

T. Warfare, Hunting,Butchcry

(.. /Ä ,lfi " .. \-. )" li,24 25 28 30 31 32 34

U. Agriculture, Craftsv ...\

l 6 9 1 3 1 5 t 7 1 9 2 1

lr22

I I I : ' ,ü ri ,))22 23 24 26 28 30 30A

I I f . i ,vr i rr i ) i qF,1, l32 33 34 35 Aa23Aa2436 38 39 40

V . R o p c s , B a s k e t s , B a g s I ' i I ] i I ! ( ) ' \ . ' , , ' , r , ' . n n i {

c t c . 1 2 4 6 7 t 0 1 2 1 3 1 5 1 6 1 7! ' ' I 1 ' " " ' d i - l ' i ' , ,

2s 26 28 29 30 31 33 36 37

w. Vcsscls of Stonc \i ) l 'o,l ,Ll L[, i] t1 \ / r^\ t l i t i f l l l l la n d E a r t h e n w a r c l 2 3 4 5 I 9 l 0 l l 1 4 l S t 7

üi)üo,f i2t 22 23 24 25

X . B r c a d a n d , \ 0 l ) ( o ) ( r J I AC a k c s 1 2 3 4 6 1 8

Y. Games, Instruments for Writing, '" , .' . üII " | ]#M u s i c 1 2 3 5 6 B

Z. Strokes, Geometric r I \\ \ -\ (, r r xShapes,signsadopted I 2

'3 4 5 6 1 g 9from Hicratic

f ) , . ' t ft9 20 22 24

rlliritl 8

Aa.unclassifed ,., ! l\ r',1\.. t ',, ', ,/, \,,) fl i tr .1/. \ I 1] | [1 2 s 6 7 8 1317 l8 t 9202 t2s26Z tZbZOZZ

180 Indices

Solnct lox oF SIcNS OnoBRno Bv Snnpe

Tall narrow siens, i , r i , l l . i , i l i I i , t i r i ' .

M 4 0 A a 2 8 P l l T 3 4 U 2 8 U 3 2 U 3 3 S 4 3 U 3 6 T 8 M l 3 M l 7 H 6 M 4 M l 2

l i i i i .r", ,1i f , i , i i Is29 M29 M30 S37 R l4 R l5 P6 S40 R19 S4 l F lO F l I F l2 S38 S39

\ , , r ! l ' i i r lT YT14 T l3 Aa26Aa21 U39O44Aa27 R8 T3 V24V25 U23 542 U34 536' l "J ' ( ' ' i , , , , i i i , i ' i i+ l i t i l

F28 U26 U24 Y8 F35 F36 Wl9 P8 T22T23 Zl l Aa25 M44Aa30Aa20fi t{l ! ii ii 'i ;i I I ii " / '1 t

'i

v 3 6 F 3 l M 3 2 L 7 V l 7 S 3 4 Q 7 T l 8 T 1 9 R l l O 2 8 O l l 0 3 6 V 2 8 V 2 9

Tal l broad sisns

i [ i : r i , r i t \ ] t . , i l '

: , l ; l l l f , iV4 Ul9 U6 F40 D61 O42 Aal8 O40 W4 S2tt N2 T25 N35a Wl7 Y3io',i t illti, i ' ' l i, t i-, _,M 8 M t 6 M 2 0 M 4 3 R l R l O

Low narrow s ignsL l r ' r \ \ - / t , . t . : / \ / t i t ' . ' ' \ / i t r r \

Q3 O39 Z8 N2l N23 N29 O45 X2 xl N28 AalT 16 wlO R7 M36., ,r j I r" , t f \ i - r \ . ") i i ' i i ; l i ' r a, . ! - i i

N 3 4 U 3 0 W l l T 2 8 N 4 l V 3 7 M 3 l F 3 4 W 7 V 6 V 3 3 V 7 S 2 0 V 2 0 V l 9

| I t ' l ! . ' r ' \ . , " i / i ' i , l . ) | ) i ) i : , : r i . L , ( i i f " i i , i

A a l g A a 2 H 8 F 5 l F 2 l D 2 6 N 3 3 N 5 A a l O 5 0 O 4 9 X 6 S 1 0 N 6 N t i(ff_r /.l.j I fi it' ri

S l I N I 5 M 4 2 V I Z ] 2 9

Low broad signs

t l i I ( , , ' r I I / ' \ . . , . . .

Nl N37S32Nl8X4 N l6N20Aa1 l Aa l3N35Aa8V26R24Yl Y2 R4 N l I F42

: : : , ' f - \ ' i

) l " ' 1 . " ' , , , ( ' . , - , , . - 1- . ' r

. \ J ' . , . , , . ,

D25F2026 F30 V22R5 C34V2 524 R2zTllO29Tl T2lU19U2lT9 Tl0

F32 V1 3F46F47 rJ lT AalF l8 D5l Ul5 N3l03lN36D2lT30T3l V30

Date post:	07-Nov-2014
Category:	Documents
Upload:	cosimo-donatiello
View:	570 times
Download:	97 times

A Concise Grammar of Middle Egyptian.PDF

Documents